Quarterlytics / REIT - Retail / Lok'nStore Group Plc

Lok'nStore Group Plc

lok · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker lok
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry REIT - Retail
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Lok'nStore Group Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Lok’nStore Group plc

Annual Report  
and Accounts 

For the year ended 31 July 2023

L

o

k

’

n

S

t

o

r

e

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview
02  Highlights
04  Chair’s Statement
10  Key Performance Indicators
12  Group at a Glance

Strategic Report
16  The UK Self-Storage Market  

at a Glance

18  Our Business Model
20  Our Strategy
21  Managing Director’s Review
28  Property Review
34  Financial Review
43  Section 172 Statement
44  Principal Risks and Uncertainties 

Environmental and Social
51   Environmental Targets and 

Commitments

52   Environmental Management 

Performance

54   Our Environmentally Progressive Stores
55   Social

Governance
62  Board of Directors and Advisers 
64  Corporate Governance
72  Directors’ Report
77  Remuneration Report
81  Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Independent Auditor’s Report to the 
82 
Members of Lok’nStore Group plc

Financial Statements
90  Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income
91  Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity

92  Company Statement  

of Changes in Equity

93  Consolidated and Company 

Statements of Financial Position

94  Consolidated Statement  

of Cash Flows
95  Accounting Policies
106  Notes to the Financial Statements 
142  Glossary
144  Our Store Locations

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Dynamic new store 
opening schedule 
driving future 
growth.

We are a leading Company in the  
fast-growing UK self-storage market. 
We opened our first store in February 
1995 and have grown consistently 
over the last 28 years with 42 stores 
operating across England and Wales.

We have been listed on the  
AIM market since June 2000.

We operate both our Owned Stores 
and Managed Stores for third  
party owners. Storage services  
are available to both household  
and business customers at 
Lok’nStore’s highly branded  
and visually prominent buildings.

To find out more visit: 
www.loknstore.co.uk/investors

01

Strategic ReportEnvironmental  and SocialOverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsHighlights

Lok’nStore, the AIM listed self-storage company,  
is pleased to announce its Preliminary Results for  
the year ended 31 July 2023.

SAME STORE SELF  
STORAGE REVENUE 

£25.30m

£22.57m

ADJUSTED TOTAL 
ASSETS4* 

£370.9m £395.4m

up 12.1%

up 6.4%

22

23

SAME STORE SELF  
STORAGE ADJUSTED EBITDA 

£13.9m £14.5m

ADJUSTED NET ASSET  
VALUE5* PER SHARE 

up 4.0%

up 1.5%

22 23

PRICING PER SQ. FT. 

£25.62 £27.37

up 6.8%

22 23

ANNUAL DIVIDEND  
PER SHARE

up 10.1%

22

23

£9.72 £9.87

22 23

19.00p

17.25p

22 23

“Lok’nStore’s business has once again moved 
ahead with Same Store Self Storage revenue 
up 12.1%. Demand for UK self-storage assets 
remains strong, and this, coupled with our 
new store openings, has driven our Net 
Asset Value up by 1.4% to £9.86 per share. 
We are proposing a 10.1% increase in the 
annual dividend, the twelfth year of increased 
dividends in a row. The net debt is low and LTV 
is only 3.7%.” 

“Trading since the year-end continues to be in 
line with expectations. We have opened two 
new Landmark stores and are on site at three 
more which will open within the next 12 months 
which can be completed using cash. These 
new stores will add further momentum to sales, 
earnings and net asset growth.”

Andrew Jacobs

Chair of Lok’nStore Group plc 

02

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023SOLID
GROWTH OF SAME 
STORE REVENUE 

INCREASE
IN NET ASSET VALUE 
PER SHARE

DYNAMIC
NEW STORE OPENING 
SCHEDULE DRIVING 
FUTURE GROWTH

We sold four stores on a sale and manage-back arrangement on  
31 January 2022 adding circa £37 million to cash, reinforcing our strong 
financial footing. (‘the Sale’)

STRONG REVENUE GROWTH

NET ASSET VALUE UP

•  Same Store Self Storage Revenue15  

£25.30 million up 12.1% (2022: £22.57 million)

•  Adjusted Net Asset Value5 per share up 1.4% 
to £9.86 per share (2022: £9.72 per share)

•  Same Store Self Storage Adjusted EBITDA1 
£14.5 million up 4.0% (2022: £13.9 million)

•  Group Revenue £27.1 million up 0.9%  

(2022: £26.9 million) 

•  Group Adjusted EBITDA1 £15.1 million  

down 7.9% (2022: £16.3 million)

DRIVEN BY SOLID OPERATING METRICS

•  Pricing up 6.8% to £27.37 per sq. ft.  

(2022: £25.62 per sq. ft.)

•  Closing occupancy in stores over  
3 years old 80.6% (2022: 82.9%)

•  Move-ins up 4.9% year-on-year

•  Managed Store recurring revenue  

£1.5 million up 11.9% (2022: £1.3 million) 

MANAGEMENT OF COSTS

•  External cost increases experienced  

in year, specifically in energy, insurance  
and interest charges – we expect the  
rate of these cost increases to abate

•  Same Store store15 EBITDA margins although 
lower remain robust at 57.2% (2022: 61.3%) 

TWELFTH CONSECUTIVE YEAR OF 
DIVIDEND INCREASE

•  Annual dividend increased by 1.75 pence to 

19.00 pence per share up 10.1% (2022: 17.25 
pence per share) – covered 1.5x by CAD 

DISCIPLINED CAPITAL ALLOCATION 
UNDERPINS OUR STRONG BALANCE 
SHEET AND LOW NET DEBT 

•  £20.5 million (gross) equity raised in July 2023 

•  £42.1 million cash at year-end  

(2022: £46.5 million)

•  Net debt (excluding lease liabilities and 
deferred finance costs) reduced to  
£12.3 million (2022: £20.3 million)

•  Loan to Value Ratio6 (net of cash) down  

to 3.7% (2022: 6.6%)

DYNAMIC PIPELINE8 OF NEW LANDMARK 
STORES WILL DELIVER FURTHER GROWTH 

•  Two new Landmark stores opened – 108,890 
sq. ft. of new owned space added up 9.7%

•  Three new Landmark stores on site will add 
over 162,000 sq. ft. of new trading space

WELL POSITIONED FOR THE FUTURE 

•  Trading momentum continues post year-end 
with stores revenue up 6.3% for August and 
September 2023 compared to the same 
corresponding two-month period last year

•  Flexibility to respond to market circumstances 

This Same Store analysis and all other Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) denoted by 
superscripts are explained in the key performance indicators (KPIs) definitions on page 10.

03

Strategic ReportEnvironmental  and SocialOverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsChair’s Statement

“ Solid trading, increased Asset 
Values and low net debt”
  Andrew Jacobs

  Chair

I am delighted to be reporting 
another year of good results 
for Lok’nStore, delivering a 
strong operating and financial 
performance.

These results can be summarised as:

•  Solid growth of Same Store14 

revenue 

• 

Increase in Net Asset Value 
per share

•  Rate of cost increases abating

•  10.1% increase in annual dividend

•  Low net debt and LTV

•  Dynamic new store opening 

schedule driving future growth

 – Two new Landmark stores 

opened

 – Three further Landmark stores 

to open in FY24

These results demonstrate 
Lok’nStore’s delivery of growth in 
long-term shareholder return through 
all stages of the economic cycle. The 
significant and continued investor 
interest in the UK self-storage sector 
demonstrated by market transactions 
underpins the increased value of our 
assets and our strategy to open more 
Landmark stores.

The detail behind these results 
is discussed further in our 
Financial Review.

Further Strengthening the 
Balance Sheet
On 7 July 2023, the Company raised 
total gross proceeds of approximately 
£20.5 million through the issue of 
2,679,739 new Ordinary Shares via 
a Placing and REX Retail Offer, at 
a price of 765 pence per Ordinary 
Share. The Fundraising Shares 
represented approximately 8.9% of 
the Company’s issued share capital. 

As a result, we have new 
shareholders as well as existing 
institutional shareholders who have 
increased their shareholdings. We 
are also particularly pleased that 
existing smaller retail shareholders 
participated via the REX offer. I would 
like to thank existing shareholders for 
their support and welcome our new 
shareholders to the Company.

In the previous financial year 2022, 
the Group completed the Sale. This 
transaction added sales proceeds of 
c. £37 million to cash balances. 

These two strategic actions reinforced 
the Company’s excellent financial 
position with low net debt. A 
conservative capital structure and a 
strong Balance Sheet remain a key 
focus. We report a year-end LTV ratio 
(net of cash) of only 3.7% (2022: 6.6%) 
and a low level of net debt of only 
£12.3 million, down from £20.3 million 
in the previous year (refer to note 29b).

Continued Revenue Growth 
Driven by Strong Demand
In the year we have replaced all the 
revenue generated from the four 
established stores sold last year, 
which is a great performance and 
at a headline level we report a 0.9% 
increase in Group Revenue. Same 
Store Group Revenue remains strong 
with growth of 6.6% over last year.

Customer demand remains significantly 
above levels seen pre-pandemic 
and this year has continued to move 
ahead with total move-ins up 4.9% 
compared to last year. This continuing 
strong demand from new customers 
combined with our dynamic pricing 
management has resulted in a total 
increase in pricing over the past three 
years of 31.2%. Our pricing moved 
forward by 6.8% in the last 12 months.

Management of  
Cost Increases
At a headline level, total Group 
Operating Costs amounted to £11.8 
million for the period (2022: £10.4 
million) up by 14.2%. On a Same  
Store basis costs have increased  
by 17.8% compared to last year.

As previously reported at the half year, 
we have seen significant external cost 
increases primarily through energy 
costs, which have risen in the year by 
£1.2 million compared to the same 
period last year, a trebling of the 
previous year’s energy costs. 

04

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023ANNUAL DIVIDEND 19 PENCE PER SHARE UP 10.1%

£17.3m

INVESTED IN NEW 
STORES THIS YEAR

1.4%

INCREASE IN NET 
ASSET VALUE PER 
SHARE TO £9.86

In the coming year we expect this 
major change in energy costs to abate  
and then decline in FY25.

Interest costs have also risen 
significantly. The cash costs of bank 
interest paid (before capitalisation of 
interest costs, non-utilisation fees and 
loan amortisation fees) in the year was 
£3.1 million compared to £1.3 million 
last year. The average costs of debt 
over the year was 4.77%. With rates 
rising throughout the year the Group’s 
current cost of debt at year-end was 
6.19%. Currently, interest on our active 
drawn loans is 6.68%.

We now have clarity on future 
business rates, following the 
publishing of the revaluation listing 
which took effect from April 2023. 
This will result in our business rates 
increasing £0.49 million per annum 
from April 2023 and by a further £0.20 
million per annum from April 2024.

We have robust EBITDA margins 
which provide a shelter to the 
business against these external  
cost increases. This is supported  
by our ability to move our own  
pricing forward.

We have a strong record of disciplined 
cost control. In FY24 we expect 
Same-Store operating costs to 
increase more modestly, driven  
mainly by revised business rates with 
other costs increases more muted. 

From FY25, we expect operating 
costs to increase more slowly with 
cost increases mainly being driven  
by the expansion of store numbers  
so revenue growth flows into earnings.

Increase In Net Asset Value
I am pleased to report an increase  
of 1.4% in the Adjusted Net Asset 
Value per share to £9.86 per share 
(2022: £9.72 per share) (31 January 
2023 £9.15 per share).

Since the last year-end at 31 July 
2022 we have seen significant 
changes in the debt markets. As 
a result, Jones Lang LaSalle (JLL), 
consider that the yields and discount 
rates which were applied at the July 
2022 year-end have changed. On 
our owned freehold trading stores 
we have seen exit yields increase on 
average by 33 basis points to 5.79%, 
with discount rates increasing by  
45 basis points to 7.47%.

These changes have been fully 
offset by improved cash flows and 
the extension of the lease at our 
Eastbourne store. This demonstrates 
the impact operating performance has 
on asset values and why one of our 
key objectives remains to fill existing 
stores and continue improving pricing.

The Exit Yield and Discount Rates 
applied in the valuations are validated 
by transactional evidence. There is 
continued strong institutional investor 
appetite in the UK self-storage sector. 
JLL comment that “The self-storage 
market has had strong market activity 
since July 2022 which reflects the 
continued appetite for the sector but 
the higher cost of debt in the present 
finance market is having an impact. 
The sector’s operational resilience 
in the current climate is making it a 
popular asset class with investors – 
this is accentuated with its structural 
undersupply”.

Our new Bedford and Peterborough 
Landmark stores had their maiden 
external valuation in July 2023, which 
were accretive to asset value. We 
have two further Owned Stores in 
Staines and Basildon opening in FY24 
and expect these to add momentum 
to Net Assets with their maiden 
external valuations at July 2024.

More details on the valuation of our 
trading stores can be found on page 
31 and in note 12(a) of the financial 
statements on page 112.

05

Strategic ReportEnvironmental  and SocialOverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsChair’s Statement continued

Further Dividend Growth 
The Directors are proposing a final 
dividend of 13.25 pence per share an 
increase of 8.2% (2022: 12.25 pence) 
following the interim dividend payment 
of 5.75 pence per share in June 
2023, bringing the total distribution 
for the year to 19 pence per share, an 
increase of 1.75 pence per share up 
10.1% (2022: 17.25 pence per share) 
and our twelfth year of increase in 
a row. 

Subject to approval at the Company’s 
AGM on 7 December 2023 the final 
dividend will be paid on 5 January 
2024 to shareholders on the register 
on 24 November 2023. The ex-
dividend date will be 23 November 
2023. The final deadline for Dividend 
Reinvestment Election by investors is 
8 December 2023.

Investment In New Stores
This year we invested £17.3 million in 
new store development adding 12% 
to our owned stores trading space. 
We opened two new owned stores in 
Bedford and Peterborough. Trading 
at our new stores continues to meet 
expectations and this underpins our 
confidence that our pipeline will add 
further to sales and earnings growth.

We are on site at three Stores, in 
Staines, Basildon, and Kettering 
(managed) which will all open in the 
coming 12 months. The remaining 
capital expenditure required to 
complete the Staines and Basildon 
stores is £12.7 million, all of which can 
be paid out of cash. We are due to go 
on site shortly at Bromborough, Wirral 
on behalf of a third party Managed 
Store client. 

Self-storage generally benefits 
from the short lead time between 
breaking ground and store opening of 
around twelve months. We have only 
committed future capital expenditure 
at the two owned stores where we 
are on site, both of which will be open 
within the next 12 months. We have 
a high degree of flexibility regarding 
start dates for further building at 
other sites. We can therefore adapt 
our development programme quickly 
to react to changing economic 
circumstances.

The pipeline progress is discussed 
further in the Property Review on 
pages 29 and 30.

06

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Managed Stores
Our strategy includes growing the 
number of stores we manage for  
third party owners. This enables  
the Group to earn revenue without 
having to commit capital, to amortise 
fixed central costs over a wider 
operating base and drive further  
traffic to our website which benefits 
our entire operation.

During the year, we generated  
total Managed Store income of  
£1.66 million, with recurring fees  
of £1.47 million (2022: £1.31 million)  
up 11.9%. This was driven by 
increased revenues generated from 
the Managed Stores and also the  
four stores we sold on manage  
back contracts on 31 January 2022.

In the management fees table on 
page 25 we separate recurring 
management fees from non-recurring 
fees. Non-recurring fees relate to  
one off fees generated from planning, 
store opening, construction and 
advisory and supplementary fees.

Lok’nStore manages 16 stores for 
third party owners. Our current new 
store pipeline includes two Managed 
Stores, taking the total number to 18.

Cash Flow, Debt and  
Bank Covenants
At 31 July 2023, the Group had 
cash balances of £42.1 million. Cash 
inflow from operating activities before 
investing and financing activities was 
£15.8 million in the year to 31 July 
2023 (2022: £18.6 million).

The Group has a £100 million five-
year Revolving Credit Facility which, 
together with cash, provides all 
the financing needs for the current 
secured pipeline and runs until April 
2026. The Group is not obliged 
to make any repayments on its 
loan facility prior to its expiration in 
April 2026.

The average cost of bank debt on 
drawn facilities for the year was 4.77% 
(2022: 1.71%). All of the Group’s total 
drawn bank debt of £54.4 million 
(2022: £66.8 million) is unhedged. At 
the date of this Report the Group’s 
current cost of debt is running at 
6.68% as rates have moved higher 
since the year-end.

At the year-end senior interest  
cover was 4 times finance charges 
on gross debt tested on a 12-month 
rolling basis, against a bank covenant 
of 2.5 times. At the year-end our  
loan-to-value ratio based on net 
bank debt was 3.7% versus a bank 
covenant of 60% providing a large 
cushion of comfort.

Post Balance Sheet: On 11 August 
2023, the Group paid down £19.02 
million out of its recent equity placing 
proceeds reducing the balance on 
its Revolving Credit Facility, pending 
redrawing over time for its future 
deployment on the Group’s pipeline 
stores.

Our Team 
We rely on our amazing people  
to deliver these impressive results  
and I would like to thank them for  
all of their hard work and dedication. 
I am delighted to say that all of our 
colleagues continue to benefit from 
the success of the business and  
we continue to promote equity 
ownership to our colleagues through 
our Shares in Partnership Equity 
Ownership scheme and the granting 
of share options.

I am proud that during the year we 
introduced a comprehensive non-
contributory Employee Assistance 
Program which has a death in service 
life insurance for all colleagues 
combined with an associated 
package of benefits. These include 
direct access to a GP and availability 
of confidential counselling services, 
as well as access to a range of online 
tools covering tax and legal advice, 
childcare, fitness and personal 
coaching advice.

Board Changes
The Board was delighted to announce 
the appointment of Tom Lampard,  
the Group’s Property Director, to  
the Board of Directors of the Group 
with effect from 6 February 2023.

Tom joined Lok’nStore in March 
2012, and has worked in a variety 
of roles across the Group. Since 
July 2017, Tom has worked in the 
Group’s property acquisitions 
team, most recently as Director of 
Acquisitions, sourcing and securing 
land and buildings to expand the 
Group’s significant new store pipeline. 
Tom is an integral member of the 
management team significantly 
contributing to the Group’s growth 
over recent years.

07

Strategic ReportEnvironmental  and SocialOverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsChair’s Statement continued

As part of the board’s ongoing review 
of governance and with immediate 
effect, Jeff Woyda will become 
chair of the Audit Committee with 
Charles Peal becoming a member 
of the committee. I would like to 
thank Charles for his hard work 
and dedication as chair of the Audit 
Committee over the last few years.

Post Balance Sheet: The Board 
was delighted to announce the 
appointment of Bridget Barker to 
the Board of Directors of the Group 
with effect from 14 September 
2023. Bridget is an experienced 
lawyer having gained over 35 
years’ experience at Macfarlanes, 
a leading and well-established 
City of London law firm, where she 
specialised in investment funds, 
financial services and regulatory 
legal work with a focus on private 
equity and real estate funds. Latterly 
she was head of the Investment 
Management Group at Macfarlanes. 
Since leaving Macfarlanes, Bridget 
has pursued various non-executive 
roles and consulting appointments 
at organisations such as Praesidium, 
Mirabaud 1819 Advisory Group and 
Mainspring Fund Services. Bridget 
is currently the CEO of Race Against 
Dementia, a charity established to 
raise money to fund breakthrough  
and innovative dementia research.

Share Trading Volumes  
and Liquidity
It has been a feature for some time 
that high shareholder concentration  
in our shares has contributed to  
lower share transaction volumes  
and has limited their market liquidity. 
In addition, prospective and existing 
investors have sometimes been 
unable to secure a meaningful  
sized holding. 

In May 2023, I sold 1,250,000 
Ordinary Shares of 1p each (‘Ordinary 
Shares’) in the Company at a price  
of 800 pence per Ordinary Share.

As a result of this transaction  
and following the Placing in July  
2023 I, along with persons closely  
associated with me, still own, in  
aggregate, 4,359,550 Ordinary  
Shares representing 14.5 per cent  
of the Company’s total voting rights.

In May 2023, Simon Thomas sold 
100,000 Ordinary Shares at a price 
of 815 pence per Ordinary Share 
resulting in his beneficial interest  
in the Company decreasing 
to 1,292,800 Ordinary Shares 
representing 4.3 per cent of the 
Company’s total voting rights.

These transactions have broadened 
the Group’s institutional shareholder 
base and potentially increased 
the liquidity in the trading of the 
Group’s shares. I remain the largest 
shareholder and Simon Thomas 
remains the fifth largest shareholder, 
demonstrating our continued support 
for the business.

Environmental, Social  
and Governance
We are committed to decarbonising 
our business with an Operational Net 
Zero target of 2040. 

In recent years, the Lok’nStore 
Environmental committee, consisting 
of colleagues in various roles across 
the business, including four Board 
members, has been focused on 
practical improvements we can  
make to our environmental footprint.

We are working hard to create 
an environmentally sustainable 
business for all our customers, our 
colleagues, local communities and 
the wider environment. We have 
made good progress on all of our 
environmental targets this year and 
these are discussed in detail in our 
Environmental and Social Report  
from page 49.

Our Objectives
Our objectives are to: 

•  Fill existing stores and improve 

pricing

•  Steadily increase the dividend 
from a strong asset base with 
conservative levels of debt

•  Develop our pipeline into new 

Landmark stores

•  Acquire more sites to build new 

Landmark stores

• 

Increase the number of stores  
we manage for third parties

08

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Outlook 
This year’s results are good and 
trading since the year-end remains in 
line with management expectations.

Lok’nStore continues to experience 
year to year revenue growth on a 
Same Store basis and this will be 
enhanced by the three stores opened 
in FY22 and two stores opened this 
year. The opening of another two new 
owned stores over the coming year 
will provide further momentum.

We expect the rate of external cost 
increases that we have experienced 
this year to abate and we expect 
operating costs to revert to a position 
where cost increases are mostly 
driven by the expansion of the number 
of stores meaning that revenue 
growth flows into earnings.

We have an exciting period of growth 
ahead. With Lok’nStore’s resilient and 
flexible business model enabling the 
business to manage its conservative 
debt structure the Board is confident 
the Group will continue to thrive. 
This strength enables Lok’nStore to 
look confidently through the current 
external market turbulence.

Andrew Jacobs

Chair

27 October 2023

09

Strategic ReportEnvironmental  and SocialOverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsKey Performance Indicators
What we mean when we say … (and why we use these Key Performance Indicators (KPIs))

In addition to IFRS accounting performance measures we use some 
Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) to help us explain how the 
underlying business is performing. 

Here we identify those measures and explain what we mean when we use 
them and, importantly, why we use them:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

 Group Adjusted EBITDA (Group Adjusted 
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation) – Adjusted EBITDA is defined as 
EBITDA before losses or profits on disposal, share-
based payments, acquisition costs, non-underlying 
items and which demonstrates the cash generative 
qualities of the business.

 Non-underlying items – Refers to one-off items of 
a non-operational nature which arose during the year, 
and which may relate to asset disposals, abortive site 
acquisition costs, or other costs and which are likely 
to be material and infrequent events. (Refer to note 4 
of the Financial Statements).

 Cash Available for Distribution (CAD) – Is 
calculated as Adjusted EBITDA less total net finance 
cost, less capitalised maintenance expenses, New 
Works Team costs and current tax. This measures  
the capacity of the business to pay dividends or pay 
down debt. The Cash Available for Distribution per 
share is CAD divided by the number of shares in  
issue less shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust 
(EBT) which do not attract a dividend. The calculation 
of the CAD and the CAD per share is set out in the 
Financial Review.

 Adjusted Total Group Assets – The value of 
adjusted total assets of £392.9 million (2022: £370.9 
million) is calculated by adding the independent 
valuation of the leasehold properties of £27.2 million 
(2022: £24.2 million) less their corresponding net book 
value (NBV) £6.9 million (2022: £7.2 million) to the total 
assets in the Statement of Financial Position of £372.6 
million (2022: £353.9 million). This provides clarity on 
the significant value of the leasehold stores as trading 
businesses which, under the Group’s accounting 
policy on leases, are only presented at their book 
values within the Statement of Financial Position. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

 Adjusted Net Asset Value per share  
(NAV per share) – Adjusted Net Asset Value per 
share is the net assets adjusted for the valuation of 
leasehold stores (properties held under leases) and 
deferred tax divided by the number of shares at the 
year-end. The shares held in the Group’s employee 
benefits trust and treasury shares are excluded from 
the number of shares. The calculation of the Net Asset 
Value per share is set out in the Financial Review.

 Loan to Value ratio (LTV) – Measures the net debt 
of the business expressed as a percentage of total 
property assets giving a perspective on the gearing 
of the business. The calculation is based on net debt 
(excluding deferred finance costs) of £12.3 million 
expressed as a percentage of the total freehold and 
leasehold properties independently valued by JLL of 
£301.9 million (2022: £279.0 million) and development 
land assets of £30.6 million (2022: £29.2 million) 
totalling £332.5million (2022: £308.2 million) as set 
out in the Financial Review in the Analysis of Total 
Property Value table. 

 Average Cost of Debt – The average cost of debt 
is calculated by taking the total interest paid on the 
Group’s Revolving Credit Facility in the quarterly/
weekly charging periods throughout the year and 
taking an average based on the whole financial year. 
Apart from the Group’s Revolving Credit Facility, the 
Group has no other bank debt. The average cost of 
debt 4.77% (2022: 1.71%).

 Pipeline Sites – Sites for new stores that either we 
have exchanged contracts on or have agreed heads 
of terms and are progressing with our lawyers towards 
a contract exchange. We have 13 pipeline sites of 
which 11 are contracted and two are progressing with 
lawyers. We currently have 26 Owned Stores trading 
with an additional 16 Managed Stores trading. When 
these 13 sites are fully developed, we will have a total 
of 55 stores – 37 will be owned by the Group and 18 
will be Managed Stores managed on behalf of third 
party owners.

10

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 202313.   Cost Ratio calculates the ratio of the total operating 
costs of the business as set out in the Financial 
Review, expressed as a percentage of total Group 
revenue (note 1), giving a perspective on the cost 
efficiency of the business when compared to the 
cost ratio of the previous year. The Cost Ratio has 
increased to 43.6% (2022: 38.5%).

14.   Same Store Group – This measure is used to give 
transparency on improvements in the operating 
business in the year unrelated to the opening of new 
stores, closure of old stores, and more particularly 
in the previous financial year, the Sale, commenting 
on stores that were open and trading at both 31 July 
2022 and 31 July 2023 financial year-ends. The Same 
Store key performance measure helps to illustrate the 
performance of the underlying business.

15.   Same Store Self-Storage – This measure is 

the Same Store Group performance but less 
management income received from the management 
of the Managed Store portfolio. This is used to give 
transparency on the underlying trading of the  
self-storage business.

See also the glossary on page 142.

9. 

 Secured Pipeline Sites – The eleven sites for new 
stores on which we have exchanged legal contracts. 
Of these nine stores are Lok’nStore Owned Stores 
and two will be Managed Stores.

10.   Adjusted Store EBITDA is Group Adjusted EBITDA 
(see 1 above) before the deduction of central and 
Head Office costs. Unlike Group Adjusted EBITDA this 
measure excludes the impact of IFRS 16 and includes 
property rentals payable as normal operating costs 
of each store. The measure is designed to give clarity 
on the recurring operating cash flow of the business 
and provides important information on the underlying 
performance of the trading stores and shows the 
cash-generating core of the business. Use of this 
metric enables us to provide additional information on 
store EBITDA contributions (after leasing costs) and 
the margins analysed between freehold and leasehold 
stores and according to the age of the stores. This 
analysis is set out in a table in the Financial Review. 

11.   Gearing refers to the level of debt compared to 

equity capital, usually expressed in percentage form. 
It is a measure of a company’s financial leverage and 
shows the extent to which its operations are funded 
by lenders versus shareholders. Gearing can be 
measured by a number of ratios, and we use the debt-
to-equity ratio in this document. The calculation of the 
gearing percentage, also referred to as the net debt 
to equity ratio, is set out in note 17 of the Financial 
Statements.

12.   Group Adjusted EBITDAR is Group Adjusted 

EBITDA before the deduction of rent. The measure 
is designed to give clarity on the effect of the rent 
payable by leasehold stores and how its elimination 
enables a comparison between the operating 
performance of freehold stores (which do not pay rent) 
and leasehold stores which pay rent. This analysis is 
set out in a table in the Financial Review.

11

Strategic ReportEnvironmental  and SocialOverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsGroup at a Glance

Lok’nStore Group plc is one of 
the leading companies in the UK 
self-storage market.

We opened our first store in 1995 and have 
grown consistently over the last 28 years, 
and currently have 42 stores trading across 
England and one in Wales. 

We have been listed on the AlM Market since 
June 2000 and the Board accounts for 20.8% 
of the Total Voting Rights (TVR) in the Ordinary 
Shares of the Company (2022: 28.6%).

We offer self-storage from our own stores, 
and management services to third party 
storage owners. Self-storage and other storage 
services are available to both household and 
business customers at our highly branded 
Lok’nStore stores.

HOUSEHOLD  
STORAGE

BUSINESS STORAGE

•  Storage rooms

•  Vehicle storage

•  Storage rooms 

•  Pallet storage

•  Student packages

•  Document archiving

•  Forces and services 

•  Flexible space

packages

•  Commercial vehicle storage

REVENUE BY  
CUSTOMER TYPE

NUMBER OF TRADING 
STORES BY TYPE

NUMBER OF PIPELINE 
STORES BY TYPE

69.7%
Household  
customers

30.3% 
Business  
customers

26
Owned stores 
16
Managed stores
42
Total trading  
stores 

8
Owned Stores
2
Managed Stores
1
Leased  
Store 

12

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 202342
STORES TRADING

17,500 
CUSTOMERS 

193
TEAM MEMBERS

Our Locations
Stores  
Aldershot 
Ashford 
Basingstoke  
Bristol 
Broadstairs 
Cardiff 
Chichester 
Crawley 
Crayford  
Dover 
Eastbourne 
Exeter 
Fareham  
Farnborough 
Gillingham 
Gloucester 
Harlow 
Hedge End 
Hemel Hempstead 
Horsham 
Ipswich 
Leicester  
Luton 
Maidenhead 
Milton Keynes 
Northampton Central  
Northampton Riverside 
Oldbury  
Poole 
Portsmouth 
Reading 
Salford 
Stevenage  
Southampton 
Sunbury 
Swindon 
Tonbridge 
Warrington 
Wellingborough 
Wolverhampton

New Stores 
Bedford 
Peterborough

Pipeline Stores 
Altrincham 
Barking  
Basildon 
Bolton 
Bournemouth 
Bromborough 
Cheshunt  
Eastbourne 
Kettering 
Milton Keynes 
Staines

To find out more about  
our store locations visit: 
www.loknstore.com

13

Strategic ReportEnvironmental  and SocialOverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements14

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Strategic  
Report

16 

 The UK Self-Storage Market at a Glance

18  Our Business Model

20  Our Strategy

21  Managing Director’s Review

28  Property Review

34 

Financial Review

43  Section 172 Statement

44  Principal Risks and Uncertainties

LANDMARK STORE

BEDFORD

56,000 

LETTABLE SQUARE FEET

NOW

OPEN

OPEN

Located on the very busy Cardington Road in Bedford. 

This new Landmark Store is situated directly adjacent to  
St John’s Retail Park and walking distance from a large 
Tesco Extra superstore. Surrounding the area are various 
retail establishments and dense housing. 

Positioned to overhang the Cardington roundabout, the 
store enjoys a constant flow of traffic throughout the day, 
ensuring maximum visibility to the local population, which 
exceeds 170,000 residents. Since its opening in February 
2023, the store has experienced good early trading. 

15

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsThe UK Self-Storage Market at a Glance

The Self-Storage Association (SSA UK) UK Annual Industry Survey 2023 
reported that the UK self-storage industry is made up of sites offering 
55.5 million sq. ft. of space.

Market Overview
As reported in the SSA UK Annual Industry Survey 2023 the UK self-storage 
market continues to grow but remains under-developed relative to Australia 
and the United States. 

Number of self-storage stores

Square feet of self-storage (millions)

Square feet of self-storage per population

UK

Australia

2,231

55.5

0.82

1,300

43.59

1.75

US

54,100

3,067

9.39

In the UK there are an estimated 
1,492 self-storage facilities, plus an 
additional 739 containerised sites, 
providing a total of 55.5 million sq. ft. 
of storage space. With a population 
of c. 68 million people in the UK 
this equates to only 0.82 sq. ft. per 
person. Occupancy rates across the 
UK industry at 31 December 2022  
of built space was stable at 83.3%.

The structure of the UK industry 
is changing. When the industry 
first emerged companies were 
predominantly single owner sites 
often located in industrial areas, but 
larger operators (defined as operators 
managing ten or more sites), such 
as Lok’nStore, have recently been 
developing purpose-built stores 
in retail-facing locations offering 
customers a higher standard of 
product and service.

The main barriers to entry to the 
market remain the difficulty in finding 
and securing suitable sites as well 
as gaining the appropriate planning 
consents. As a result, larger operators 
now own or manage around 30% of 
all facilities which translates to 40% 
of market share in terms of space. 
Currently, Lok’nStore is the fifth 
largest operator in the UK by number 
of stores, currently owing or managing 
42 trading stores. 

There remains strong market sentiment 
towards the sector with strong 
inflation-proofed characteristics, a 
structurally under supplied market and 
a sector maturity providing investable 
assets of suitable scale.

•  Self-storage performs well in 

times of economic uncertainty 
compared to other sectors

•  The robust nature of the business 

model/sector throughout 
the economic cycle has 
proved its ability to withstand 
exogenous shocks

•  Potential for increased allocation  
to self-storage as other sectors  
are impacted by volatility

•  An inflation hedge with low usage 
of utilities will favour the sector

• 

Investors in the sector include 
those with low leverage 

•  Debt markets should remain  

liquid due to income generation

•  Pricing corrections in land will 
create buying opportunities

•  Yield gap with US and AsiaPac 

markets remains wide

•  Still structurally undersupplied 
compared to demand drivers

Drivers of Demand for  
Self-Storage
Demand for self-storage by both 
household and business customers 
is driven by a specific need based 
on changing circumstances as 
well as economic activity and 
business confidence. 

For household customers their need 
is often linked to a life event where 
they will need space temporarily, 
for example, to turn a box room 
into a home office, but increasingly 
householders are using storage on 
a semi-permanent basis to free up 
space at home or store belongings 
they do not have room for.

Business customers use self-
storage for a variety of purposes 
including storage of goods, excess or 
seasonal stock, document archiving 
or storage of equipment and tools. 
Businesses tend to store for longer 
than household customers and 
take larger units, although they also 
take advantage of self-storage for 
temporary periods to support office 
moves or refurbishments.

During the pandemic, many of our 
customers were providing critical 
services distributing medical and 
other essential supplies. We include 
the NHS, GP surgeries, care 
and home support services and 
government departments amongst 
our customers.

16

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Lok’nStore’s Opportunity in 
the Market
The SSA UK Annual Industry Survey 
2023 noted that public awareness 
of and demand for self-storage is 
increasing. We know that on average 
customers chose a store within five 
miles of their home or business. With 
a secured pipeline of eleven stores, 
and a continuing programme of 
evaluating further site opportunities, 
Lok’nStore is well placed to attract 
new customers and add further 
momentum to the growth of our sales 
and profits.

The Group has a number of 
competitive strengths: recognised 
brand, excellent customer service, 
rigorous cost control, and the 
attractive market dynamics of the 
storage sector. With a growing sector, 
an under-supplied market, embedded 
resilience during economic downturns 
combined with our strong balance 
sheet and flexible operating and 
ownership model (see our portfolio 
strategy), we believe Lok’nStore can 
take advantage of the opportunities 
presented and continue its growth 
without significantly increasing risk.

Lok’nStore Warrington

17

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsOur Business Model

WHAT WE DO

HOW WE CREATE VALUE

•  Buy or lease prominent sites

•  Take a strategic and tactical approach to 

•  Build highly visible orange Landmark stores 

•  Offer clean, dry, secure storage to business 

and household customers 

•  Offer managed storage services to  

third party owners

site selection

• 

Increase our asset base

•  Careful cost control

•  Drive store EBITDA growth through a closely 
managed occupancy and pricing strategy

•  Earn fees from managing stores on behalf 

of others

•  Carefully balanced use of leverage

42

UK STORES CURRENTLY TRADING 
(INCLUDING 16 MANAGED STORES)

£27.1m

GROUP REVENUE 
(2022: £26.9 MILLION)

18

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Our overriding objective is to increase the Cash Available for Distribution 
(CAD) enabling a predictable growth of the dividend from a rising asset 
base while maintaining a conservatively geared balance sheet.

SHARING VALUE WITH OUR STAKEHOLDERS

SHAREHOLDERS

CUSTOMERS

OUR PEOPLE

•  High-quality earnings 

•  Easy to locate stores

•  Growing NAV per share

•  Friendly and high-quality 

•  Progressive dividend policy

customer service 

•  Wide range of storage 

solutions

•  Transparent and 
open contracts

19p

ANNUAL DIVIDEND  
PER SHARE

Rated 
‘Excellent’
ON GOOGLE WITH AN 
AVERAGE SCORE OF  
4.8 OUT OF 5 FROM  
ALMOST 8,000 REVIEWS

•  Personal development 
through the Lok’nStore 
Academy

•  Regular opportunities for 

career progression through 
our expanding store portfolio

•  Uncapped bonus scheme 

•  Share ownership plans

•  Regular gifts and rewards for 

all colleagues

£0.64m

PAID OUT IN BONUSES 
TO STORE TEAMS  
(2022: £0.73 MILLION)

19

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsOur Strategy

OUR OBJECTIVES

ACHIEVEMENTS IN 2023

STRATEGY IN ACTION

FILL EXISTING STORES 
AND IMPROVE PRICING

Closing occupancy in stores 
over 3 years old, which strips 
out the effect of the 108,890 
sq. ft. of new space added in 
the year, was 80.6% compared 
to 82.9% at 31 July 2022

Self-storage pricing up 6.8%

SELF-STORAGE PRICING UP

6.8% 

STEADILY INCREASE 
THE DIVIDEND FROM A 
STRONG ASSET BASE 
WITH CONSERVATIVE 
LEVELS OF DEBT

Total annual dividend 19.00 
pence per share up 10.14% 
(2022: 17.25 pence per share)

Net debt reduced to £12.3 
million LTV net of cash 3.7%

10.1% 

INCREASE IN ANNUAL DIVIDEND 
TO 19 PENCE PER SHARE  
(2022: 17.25 PENCE PER SHARE)

DEVELOP OUR 
SECURED PIPELINE 
INTO NEW LANDMARK 
STORES

Two Landmark stores opened 
during the year

Planning permissions achieved 
at our Bolton site

2 

STORES OPENED DURING 2023

ACQUIRE MORE 
SITES TO BUILD NEW 
LANDMARK STORES

New sites acquired in Milton 
Keynes and Eastbourne this 
financial year

11

11 stores secured in planning  
or development

STORES SECURED IN 
PLANNING OR DEVELOPMENT

2 

SITES CURRENTLY AT LAWYERS

INCREASE THE 
NUMBER OF STORES 
WE MANAGE FOR 
THIRD PARTIES

One Managed Store under 
development in Kettering

RECURRING MANAGED  
STORE FEES UP 

A development site in 
Bromborough, Wirral acquired 
by a third party investor

11.9%

20

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Managing Director’s Review

“ High quality cash flow generation 
and new store openings drive  
strong asset values.”
  Neil Newman-Shepherd
  Managing Director

Lok’nStore Group has had another 
successful year. In the coming 
year, our pipeline of new stores 
will substantially increase the 
proportion of our store space 
which is new or purpose-built  
and will add further momentum  
to the growth of sales and profits.

The Performance  
of Our Stores 
Same Store

Headline

•  Group Revenue £27.1 million  
up 1% (2022: £26.9 million) 

•  Group Adjusted EBITDA1 
£15.1 million down 7.9%  
(2022: £16.3 million)

•  Group Operating Profit before 

non-underlying2 items £8.9 million 
down 21.9% (2022: £11.4 million)

•  Price up 6.8%

•  Store EBITDA Margins 56.1% 

Revenue Momentum 
Continues (refer to 
performance table  
on page 22)
Revenue growth in FY23 has 
remained strong with self-storage 
revenue up 5.3%. Same-store self-
storage revenue was up 12.1% on 
the previous year. H2 self-storage 
revenue increased by 11.2% against 
the previous year, slightly ahead of 
expectations.

•  Same Store Group Revenue 

(2022: 61.6%) 

•  Managed Store revenue – 
recurring fees £1.5 million 
up 11.9% 

£27.1 million up 6.6% 
(2022: £25.4 million)

•  Same Store Adjusted  
EBITDA1 £14.5 million  
up 4.0% (2022: £13.9 million)

•  Same Store Group Adjusted 
EBITDA1 £15.2 million down  
1% (2022: £15.4 million)

•  Same Store Group Operating 
Profit before non-underlying2  
items £9.2 million down 13.4% 
(2022: £10.6 million)

Price per sq. ft. of occupied space 
was up a further 6.8% in the year 
driven by continued strong demand 
and higher than previous levels of 
occupied space. Closing occupancy 
in stores over 3 years old, which strips 
out the effect of the 108,890 sq. ft. 
of new space added in the year, was 
80.6% compared to 82.9% at 31 July 
2022. Total occupied unit space was 
level with last year.

21

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsManaging Director’s Review continued

Performance – Same Store Analysis14

Headline Store Performance  
31 July 2023 

Same Store Performance  
31 July 2023

31 July 2022

£’000

27,147

25,364

14,294

15,056

Increase
%

0.9

5.3

(4.0)

(7.9)

£’000

27,085

25,302

14,468

15,229

Increase
%

Headline
£’000

Same Store
£’000

6.6

12.1

4.0

(1.0)

26,902

24,076

14,884

16,349

25,403

22,577

13,911

15,376

8,916

(21.9)

9,162

(13.4)

11,421

10,581

8,598

11,838

(49.9)

14.2

8,843

11,602

(45.8)

17.8

17,160

10,365

16,317

9,850

Group revenue

Self-storage revenue

Store Adjusted EBITDA 

Group Adjusted EBITDA 

Operating profit  
(before non-underlying items2)

Operating profit  
(after non-underlying items)

Operating costs

As a result of the external cost 
increases we have seen in the year, 
particularly around energy the overall 
Adjusted EBITDA margin across 
all stores decreased to 56.1% from 
61.6%. Adjusted Store EBITDA 
margins of the freehold stores 
decreased to 61.8% (2022: 66.5%). 

On a Same Store basis, the overall 
Adjusted EBITDA margin across 
all stores decreased to 57.2% 
from 61.3%. The leasehold stores 
decreased to 46.1% (2022: 53.3%). 
Going forward, we expect these cost 
increases to abate and in the absence 
of external factors, we expect margins 
to move ahead again over time as 
new Landmark stores continue to 
fill and new stores open, resulting in 
gains in revenue falling to earnings.

As the business develops the balance 
of the stores continues to shift 
towards freehold Landmark stores 
and Managed Stores which have a 
higher-than-average Adjusted Store 
EBITDA margin at 61.8% and 100% 
respectively, versus 56.1% across all 
stores. The medium-term impact of 
this will be to continue to increase the 
average EBITDA margin of the Group 
overall. This effect is accentuated by 
operating more stores from a relatively 
fixed central cost base. In this 
context, the new stores in the pipeline 
will make a larger than average 
contribution to Group profits as they 
become established trading units. 

The freehold stores produce 70.2% 
(2022: 71.8%) of the Adjusted Store 
EBITDA and account for 91.8% 
(2022: 91.4%) of valuations (including 
secured pipeline stores). 

Leaseholds trade on lower margins 
due to the rent payable, but 
nevertheless the 46.1% margin 
achieved is substantial, and leads to 
a higher return on capital than the 
freehold stores which require much 
larger capital expenditure to buy the 
land and buildings. 

This mix of tenures with their different 
risk and return characteristics  
provides flexibility in the balance  
sheet and opportunities to create  
value throughout the property and 
economic cycle. 

Ancillary Sales
Ancillary sales consisting of boxes, 
packaging materials, insurance and 
other sales were £2.49 million (2022: 
£2.49 million) accounting for 10.8% 
(2022: 10.3%) of self-storage revenues.

22

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 202312.1%
INCREASE IN TOTAL 
SAME STORE SELF 
STORAGE 

4.0%
INCREASE IN 
ADJUSTED SAME 
STORE EBITDA 

6.8%
INCREASE IN  
PRICE PER OCCUPIED 
SQUARE FOOT

Portfolio Analysis and Performance Breakdown
As at 31 July 2023

In the table below, we show how the performance of the stores varies between freehold and leasehold stores. Currently, 
46% of Lok’nStore branded trading space is Owned freehold, 19.5% is leasehold and 34.5% is Managed Stores. 

Number 
of Stores

% of 
Valuation

% of 
Adjusted 
Store 
EBITDA

Adjusted 
Store 
EBITDA 
Margin (%)

When Fully Developed

% Lettable 
Space

Number  
of Stores

Total % 
Lettable 
Space

Freehold 

Leaseholds

Managed Stores 

Total Stores Trading

Pipeline Stores (secured)*

Owned – Freehold

Owned – Leasehold

Managed Stores 

Total Secured Pipeline Stores

Total Stores

17

9

16

42

8

1

1

11

53

*  Applies to the 11 contracted stores only.

Analysis of Stores
As at 31 July 2023

Freeholds

Leaseholds 

Pipeline (Freehold)

Pipeline (Leasehold)

Subtotal ‘Owned Stores’

Managed Stores (Trading)

Managed Stores (Pipeline)

Subtotal ‘Managed Stores’

Total No. of Stores

MLA sq. ft.

82.6

8.2

–

–

9.2

 –

–

–

100

70.2

29.8

–

–

–

–

–

61.8

46.1

100

–

–

–

–

46.0

19.5

34.5

–

–

–

–

25

10

18

53

–

–

–

52.2

14.7

33.1

100

–

–

–

100

56.1

100

53

100

No. of 
Stores/Sites

Stores
Trading
Lok’nStore

Stores
Trading
Managed

Secured 
Pipeline

17

9

8

1

35

16

2

18

53

17

9

–

–

26

–

–

–

26

–

–

–

–

–

16

–

16

16

–

–

8

1

9

–

2

2

11

2,778,515

1,372,766

774,800

630,949

Over time as new stores and pipeline sites go through their life cycle, they will progress towards similar margins adding 
substantially to revenues and profits.

23

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsManaging Director’s Review continued

Operating Performance by Age of Store (Lok’nStore Owned Stores Only)

In the Operating Performance table below, we show how the performance breaks down across the stores, based on 
the age of store. Older stores have had more time to fill-up and produce higher EBITDA returns.

Weeks Old

Pipeline

Under 100

100 to 250

Over 250

Total 

Year Ended 31 July 2023

Sales £’000

Store Adjusted EBITDA £'000

EBITDA Margin (%) 

Store Adjusted EBITDAR £'000

EBITDAR Margin (%) 

As at 31 July 2023 ('000 sq. ft.) 

Maximum Net Area 

Freehold/Long Leasehold (‘000 sq. ft.) 

Short Leasehold ('000 sq. ft.) 

Number of Stores 

Freehold 

Short Leasehold 

Total Stores 

881

(215)

(24.4%)

(170)

(19.3%)

217

217

–

4

–

4

2,263

1,170

51.7%

1,170

51.7%

161

161

–

3

–

3

22,320

13,339

59.8%

15,111

67.7%

994

559

435

10

9

19

25,464

14,294

56.1%

16,111

63.3%

1,907

1,422

485

25

10

35

535

485

50

8

1

9

1 

In respect of the Farnborough Store (over 250 weeks), the total store revenue includes a £100,000 contribution receivable from Group 
Head Office.

Marketing
New customers are typically drawn to 
Lok’nStore by three key drivers:

•  Our distinctive Landmark stores

•  Google and other search engines

•  Existing or previous customers 

and customer referrals

Store visibility remains pivotal to 
our marketing efforts. With their 
prominent positions, distinctive 
design, and bright orange elevations 
our stores raise the profile of the 
Lok’nStore brand and help to 
generate a substantial proportion of 
our business. Our Landmark stores 
are in highly prominent locations, and 
we continually invest in new signage 
and lighting at our existing stores as 
well as creating striking designs for 
our new Landmark stores, to promote 
and enhance their visual prominence 
and engage the local community.

The internet continues to be the  
main media channel for our advertising. 
Our website at www.loknstore.co.uk  
is one of the most established 

self-storage websites in the UK. 
The website delivers a high level of 
customer experience across desktop 
and mobile devices. This is a very 
dynamic area, and we are committed 
to its continued development. We 
believe the internet provides a strong 
competitive advantage for the major 
operators such as Lok’nStore with 
relatively large marketing budgets.

New Landmark Stores
We have invested £17.3 million 
(2022: £12.2 million) in new store 
development this year. 

On 17 February 2023, our new 
Landmark store opened in Bedford. 
The store is in a prominent location 
on the busy western side of the 
town, directly accessed from a busy 
roundabout servicing all arterial 
routes to Tesco, the town centre 
and neighbours Costa, Lidl and 
other retailers.

Our new freehold Landmark store in 
Peterborough opened on 27 June 
2023. 

The site occupies a central location 
in the city, prominently positioned 
on the access route to a large and 
busy retail park with neighbouring 
occupiers including B&Q, Aldi, Currys 
and Argos.

Early trading at both stores has 
been good.

We are on-site at three Stores: Staines 
(long leasehold), Basildon (leasehold) 
and Kettering (managed), all of which 
will be open in the next 12 months, 
adding a further 162,100 sq. ft. of 
trading space to the undersupplied 
UK self-storage market. The Board 
anticipates that Staines and Basildon 
will be NAV accretive at their first-time 
valuation in July 2024.

We have a total new store pipeline of 
eleven secured stores. These will all 
be purpose-built Landmark stores 
in highly prominent locations and 
will add substantially to the Group’s 
capacity for revenue, profit and asset 
growth. Further details on this pipeline 
can be found in the Property Review 
on pages 29 and 30.

24

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Managed Stores Recurring 
Revenue Increasing
Total Managed Store revenue in the 
year was £1.66 million (2022: £2.79 
million). Last year, we received non – 
recurring management fees of £1.47 
million from Managed Store owners 
following asset transactions. These 
fees are positive for Lok’nStore but 
are irregular in their nature and have 
not been repeated this year.

Stripping out the impact of this, 
recurring management fees were up 
by 11.9% to £1.47 million as we saw 
the full-year effect of the four sale and 
manage-back stores executed on  
31 January 2022 last year. At the 
year-end, we had 16 Managed Stores 
operating, with the Kettering store 
currently on site and the Bromborough 
(Wirral) site due on site in the coming 
months. These two sites will add to 
recurring management fees in the 
coming years.

Income from non-recurring fees was 
down in the year to £0.19 million (2022: 
£1.47 million). Although these fees are 
irregular in nature, this demonstrates 
the contractually embedded value in 
the Managed Stores income stream. 
Non-recurring fees come from various 
sources such as including planning 
success fees, construction and 
advisory fees and fees crystallised 
when an asset transaction occurs. In 
2022, the Group benefited from one-
off asset transaction fees from three 
stores in the portfolio which did not 
recur this year.

Management Fees

Recurring fees

Base management fees

Administration and compliance fees

Management performance fees

Recurring fees – Subtotal

Construction & advisory fees

Supplementary fees

Non-recurring fees – Subtotal

Total management fees

Percentage 
Increase/
(decrease)
%

Group 
Year Ended 
31 July 2022 
£

Group 
Year Ended 
31 July 2021 
£

929,810

105,000

434,280

11.9%

1,469,090

30,000

160,000

190,000

1,659,090

(87.1%)

(40.4%)

722,084

86,916

504,379

1,313,379

12,500

1,459,177

1,471,677

2,785,056

The graph below shows how our historical management fees have grown and indicates a strong correlation between 
the recurring management fee income and the number of stores under management.

Management Fees

£3,000,000

£2,500,000

£2,000,000

s
’

£

£1,500,000

£1,000,000

£500,000

£0

Recurring

Non-Recurring

Number of Managed Stores

* 

 For all of the definitions of the terms used in the highlights above refer to the notes section on pages 10 and 11.

N
u
m
b
e
r
o
f

M
a
n
a
g
e
d
S
t
o
r
e
s

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

25

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
“ I would 
personally 
like to thank 
our team 
members 
throughout the 
business for 
the hard work, 
enthusiasm 
and dedication 
in achieving 
these results.”
  Neil Newman-Shepherd

  Managing Director

Managing Director’s Review continued

Future
Lok’nStore has had a good year, 
with revenue moving ahead steadily, 
demonstrating the strength of the self-
storage business model throughout 
the economic cycle. Trading has 
remained good and in line with 
expectations since the year-end.

We are currently experiencing some 
cost increases, but the business is 
sheltered from this effect by high 
EBITDA margins and our ability to 
raise rates charged. These cost 
increases are now starting to slow 
and in some areas, reverse.

Against the background of a strong 
performance from our existing stores, 
we have a secured pipeline of eleven 
new stores all of which will add 
considerable momentum to sales and 
earnings growth in the future. Our 
flexible model allows us to develop 
these new Landmark stores when 
market circumstances and planning 
permissions dictate. 

We will continue to deliver increasing 
returns from a secure asset and 
capital base leveraging from our 
established business model and 
operational expertise and digital 
platform. We will continue our focus 
on delivering the highest levels 
of service.

Neil Newman-Shepherd

Managing Director

27 October 2023

Our Store Colleagues
The Group’s progress that I have 
reported above could not have been 
achieved without the commitment 
and dedication of our team members 
who have worked extremely hard 
throughout this year. We did see 
elevated levels of colleague turnover 
post-Covid but we now see levels of 
colleague turnover settle to pre-Covid 
levels and the level of vacancies in  
the business is now at normal levels.

Our Business Model 
Provides Strength and 
Adapts Quickly in an 
Uncertain World 
We operate with a high EBITDA 
margin, sheltering the business from 
cost increases. Debt and leverage are 
low, and we have considerable cash 
on hand. Importantly, the Company 
can pause capital expenditure quickly 
if market conditions dictate and 
the ongoing business requires little 
maintenance capital expenditure. At 
the year-end, we are on-site at three 
stores (one Managed) where the 
capex required to complete the two 
Owned Store projects is £12.7 million, 
compared to the £42.1 million of cash 
on hand.

The Company has c.17,500 customers 
who come from a diverse social and 
economic background and whose 
reasons for storing are widely diverse. 
Customers pay on a rolling four 
weekly up-front basis. As a result,  
bad debt continues to be low at  
0.3% of revenue. Each customer is 
relatively small with no self-storage 
customer accounting for more than 
1% of revenue. Additionally, the  
UK self-storage market remains 
under-supplied, and demand  
remains strong.

26

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Lok’nStore Wellingborough

27

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsProperty Review

Store and Portfolio Strategy
Our strategy is to continue to increase 
the number of stores we operate 
without stretching our balance sheet, 
capitalising on a UK self-storage 
market which is in a state of under-
supply and comparative infancy. 
The core focus of this strategy is 
the acquisition of highly prominent 
freehold locations in busy towns and 
cities in England where we will build 
well-branded Landmark stores.

Lok’nStore’s rising operating cash 
flow, solid asset base and tactical 
approach to its store property 
portfolio provide the Group with 
opportunities to improve the terms 
of its property usage in all stages 
of the economic cycle. Our focus 
on the trading business gives us 
many opportunities and our property 
decisions are always driven by the 
requirements of the trading business.

The net proceeds of the equity 
fundraising in July 2023 will support 
the continued development of the 
secured pipeline as well as providing 
valuable liquidity with which to 
position Lok’nStore favourably  
as a strong buyer in future site 
acquisition negotiations whilst 
maintaining the Group’s  
conservative approach to debt.

Flexible Approach  
to Site Acquisition
All the projects noted below are part 
of our strategy of actively managing 
our operating portfolio to ensure we 
are maximising both trading potential 
and value. This includes strengthening 
our distinctive brand, increasing the 
size and number of our stores, and 
replacing stores or sites where it will 
increase shareholder value. We are 
focused on allocating capital in the 
most efficient manner to achieve  
our objectives.

We prefer to own freeholds if possible, 
and where opportunities arise, we 
will seek to acquire the freehold 
of our leasehold stores. However, 
we are happy to take leases on 
appropriate terms and benefit from 
the advantages of a lower entry cost, 
with further options to create value 
later in the store’s life cycle.

Sale and Manage-Back  
of Stores
We also consider selling established 
stores on sale and manage-back 
contracts in order to recycle the 
capital into the development of 
new Landmark stores and manage 
the balance sheet as part of our 
successful growth strategy and 
disciplined capital allocation. Indeed, 
some of our stores have been 
freehold, leasehold, and Managed 
Stores during their operating life cycle. 

The table below illustrates the rapid growth of store numbers and the changing tenure mix over time including the 
growth of Managed Stores over recent years.

Lok’nStore Number of Stores Trading Since Inception

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

28

5
9
9
1

6
9
9
1

7
9
9
1

8
9
9
1

9
9
9
1

0
0
0
2

1
0
0
2

2
0
0
2

3
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

5
0
0
2

6
0
0
2

7
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

0
1
0
2

1
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

3
2
0
2

e
n

i
l

e
p
P

i

Freehold

Leasehold

Managed

.
l
c
n

I

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
42
STORES NOW 
TRADING

11
NEW LANDMARK 
STORES SECURED 

29.4%
ADDED BY NEW STORES 
TO TRADING SPACE 

Our most important consideration 
is always the trading potential of the 
store rather than the property tenure 
and sale and manage-backs have 
these additional advantages: 

i)  The critical mass of store numbers 
benefits the business (e.g. through 
Google search and sharing of 
other marketing costs)

ii)  It spreads the central  
management costs

iii)  Through the performance and 
exit fees we are exposed to the 
trading and capital upside without 
committing capital

At 31 July 2023, Lok’nStore operated 
26 of its own stores. Of these 
Lok’nStore owns 17 freehold and nine 
leasehold stores. All nine leasehold 
stores are inside the Landlord and 
Tenant Act providing us with security 
of tenure. The average unexpired term 
of the Group’s leaseholds valued by 
JLL is 12 years and 10 months as at 
31 July 2023. We operate 16 further 
stores under management contracts.

Our Exciting Landmark  
Store Pipeline
We are on-site at three stores that  
will open during 2024 and we have 
two new store opportunities which  
are progressing with lawyers.

Our current pipeline of eleven 
contracted stores will add 29.4% 
of extra trading space to the overall 
portfolio, 39% to our Owned portfolio 
and 12.3% to the Managed portfolio.

All 11 stores in our Secured Pipeline9 
are in prominent locations with large 
catchment areas and demonstrate  
the Group’s ability to source high-
quality sites adding to future sales  
and earnings growth. 

These eye-catching buildings, with 
their distinctive orange Lok’nStore 
branded livery and prominent signage, 
create highly visible landmarks,  
which continue to be a big source  
of new customers.

The lease on the Sunbury store 
expired on the 30 July 2022. We are 
in dialogue with the landlord regarding 
a new lease on the existing site or 
in a new site. In the meantime, we 
continue to trade from the current 
store which benefits from being 
protected by the provisions of the 
Landlord and Tenant Act.

Acquisitions During the Year

Milton Keynes: New Freehold 

On 4 October 2022, we exchanged 
contracts, subject to planning, on a 
freehold development opportunity 
in Watling Street, Milton Keynes. 
This new highly visible roadside 
location in the north-west of the city 
complements our existing leasehold 
store, seven miles to the south-east. 
Once developed, the Landmark  
store will add circa 60,000 sq. ft.  
of lettable area.

Eastbourne: New Freehold

Contracts have been exchanged on 
a freehold site in Eastbourne, Sussex 
where we intend to submit planning 
for a 60,000 sq. ft. Landmark store 
shortly. Completion is due by the 
end of the year upon vacation of the 
current occupier. This prominent 
location, adjacent to supermarkets 
and retail, is close to our existing 
leasehold store. The initial land cost 
will be £5.53 million and total net 
project costs are expected to be 
c.£12.0 million.

Eastbourne: Existing 
Leasehold Site

We recently announced the signing 
of a new lease at our existing 
Eastbourne store which runs for 
twenty years. We have the valuable 
opportunity to improve profitability in 
the Eastbourne market via a tenant 
only break clause after five years. 
As with all other leased stores within 
the Group’s portfolio, the new lease 
benefits from being within the terms 
of the 1954 Landlord and Tenant Act. 
The current store has been trading 
successfully since its opening in 2003.

Bolton: Purchase Completed

At the end of May 2023, the Group 
completed the purchase of a site 
in Bolton for £1.8 million, for a new 
57,578 sq. ft. Landmark store. 

Further New Store  
Pipeline Progress
Following the Eastbourne freehold 
purchase our total secured pipeline 
of 11 secured new stores will result 
in the Group operating 53 stores 
when fully developed, increasing the 
Owned Store trading space by 37.7%. 
This pipeline of new stores will add 
considerable momentum to sales and 
earnings growth once developed.

Building work continues at three  
of our new Landmark store  
developments in Staines (long  
leasehold), Basildon and Kettering  
(managed), all of which will be open  
in the next 12 months and where  
the remaining capital expenditure as 
at 31 July 2023 was £12.7 million, 
adding a further 162,100 sq. ft. of 
trading space.

29

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsProperty Review continued

Planning Permissions 
Update
Lok’nStore’s highly experienced 
management team continues to 
progress the new store pipeline 
despite the planning system remaining 
lengthy and unpredictable.

We have received an indicative 
intention to formally grant planning 
permission under delegated powers 
in Barking, Greater London, subject to 
the agreement of planning conditions. 
At c.84,000 sq. ft, when it opens this 
freehold Landmark store will be our 
biggest store to date.

In January 2023, we were granted 
planning consent to build a Landmark 
store in Bolton, Greater Manchester. 
We are now in the process of 
tendering for the construction of this 
store which will provide 57,578 sq. ft. 
of new space. Located on land on the 
east side of Manchester Road, Bolton, 
this site will be in due course likely 
transferred to an existing Managed 
Store client and subsequently 
developed by Lok’nStore and 
operated on their behalf.

We have also received a grant 
from the Planning Committee for 
our updated planning permission 
at our freehold site in Cheshunt, 
Hertfordshire, subject to the 
agreement of planning conditions. 
With this permission we intend to build 
a c.60,000 sq. ft. Landmark store 
along with retail space for a discount 
food retailer. The discount food retailer 
will pay a lease premium to Lok’nStore 
on completion of planning matters 
and a further payment to Lok’nStore 
on completion of the building. The 
net remaining capital expenditure to 
complete this project is c.£6.5 million.

Managed Stores
Bromborough: Contracts have 
been exchanged on a site for a 
new 49,500 sq. ft. Landmark store 
in Bromborough, Wirral. The site, 
which already benefits from planning 
permission, will be owned by an 
existing Managed Store client. Through 
our well-established Managed Store 
programme, Lok’nStore will receive 
one-off fees for finding and securing 
the site, development advice and use 
of the Lok’nStore brand. Once open, 
we will receive a recurring monthly 
management fee as a percentage 
of revenue plus a valuable additional 
recurring performance fee once returns 
reach an agreed level. The developer 
went on-site in September 2023. The 
store is expected to open in late 2024.

Kettering: Building work continues at 
the new Landmark store development 
in Kettering which is on track to open 
in spring 2024.

Summary of our Current Pipeline at 31 July 2023:

Store

Basildon

Staines

Kettering

Leasehold

Long Leasehold

Managed

Bromborough

Managed

Bolton

Cheshunt

Barking

Freehold

Freehold

Freehold

Bournemouth

Freehold

Altrincham

Freehold

Milton Keynes

Freehold

Eastbourne

Freehold

Size  
sq. ft.

49,700

66,500

45,900

49,500

57,578

60,300

84,200

75,100

63,900

60,000

60,000

Status

On site – opening late 2023

On site – opening Spring 2024

On site– opening Spring 2024

Planning consent granted – on-site Autumn 2023 

Planning consent granted

Planning Committee resolution to grant consent received

Planning application submitted – Indicative intention to 
formally grant planning received 

Further planning application submitted

Planning appeal submitted

Planning application submitted

In Design

On site at 
31 July 2023
sq. ft.

49,700

66,500

45,900

Total 11 stores

672,678

162,100

During the year, we opened two new stores in Bedford and Peterborough. Early trading in all new stores has been  
very encouraging. We acquired two new sites during the year and have a further two sites progressing with lawyers.

30

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
On our Owned freehold trading  
stores we have seen exit yields 
increase on average by 33 basis 
points, with discount rates increasing 
by 45 basis points. These changes 
had the effect of reducing the 
valuation by £15.45 million. Improved 
cash flows in the stores that were 
valued last year added £14.20 million, 
which materially reversed the effects 
from the changing capitalisation rates.

The remaining £24.15 million of 
valuation comes from the maiden 
valuations of our Bedford and 
Peterborough stores and the 
regearing of the Eastbourne lease.

It remains the Group’s established 
policy to undertake a comprehensive 
external valuation at each year-end 
and we will do so at the next year end 
at 31 July 2024.

Valuations
It is not the current intention of 
the Directors to make any further 
significant disposals of trading stores, 
although individual asset disposals 
may be considered where value can 
more easily be added by recycling the 
capital into new stores.

The valuations of our freehold 
property assets are included in the 
Statement of Financial Position at their 
fair value. The value of our leasehold 
stores in the valuation totals £27.2 
million (2022: £24.3 million) but they 
are held at cost less accumulated 
depreciation in the Statement of 
Financial Position.

Growing Store Property 
Assets and Net Asset Value
•  Adjusted Total Assets £392.9 
million4 up 5.9% on last year  
(2022: £370.9 million) 

•  Adjusted Net Asset Value of £9.86 
pence per share up 1.4% on last 
year (2022: £9.72 per share)

•  Value of operating stores £301.9 
million up 8.2% on last year  
(2022: £279.0 million)

•  Total property assets £334.0 
million up 7.8% on last year  
(2022: £309.7 million)

• 

Investment in new stores  
£17.3 million (including capitalised 
interest) (2022: £12.2 million)

Market Valuation of  
Freehold and Leasehold 
Land and Buildings 
It is the Group’s policy to commission 
an independent external valuation of 
its properties at each financial year-
end. Our freehold stores have been 
independently valued by JLL at  
£274.7 million (2022: £254.8 million).

Accordingly, Adjusted Total Group 
Assets4 have moved up in the year 
to £392.9 million, up 5.9% on 31 July 
(2022: £370.9 million). A significant 
contributor to this increase was the 
uplift from the external valuation at 
31 July 2023 combined with the 
trading strength of our business, as 
well as our investment in new stores.

In this 12 month period, we saw 
a 0.8% same-store uplift in the 
valuations of our freehold and 
leasehold trading stores of £2.23 
million. This comparison excludes  
the maiden valuations on our new 
stores in Bedford and Peterborough.

Our freehold and leasehold stores 
have been independently valued by 
JLL at £301.9 million (2022: £279.0 
million). The value of adjusted total 
assets of £392.9 million (2022: £370.9 
million) is calculated by adding the 
valuation of the leasehold properties 
less their corresponding net book 
value to the other assets in the 
business. This provides clarity on 
the significant value of the leasehold 
stores as trading businesses which 
under the Group’s accounting policy 
rules on leases are only presented at 
their book values within the Statement 
of Financial Position.

At the year-end, Lok’nStore had  
42 stores trading. Of these, 26  
stores are Owned with 17 freeholds, 
nine leasehold and 16 under 
management contracts. 

The average unexpired term of the 
Group’s operating leaseholds valued 
by JLL is approximately 12 years 
and 10 months at 31 July 2023. All 
of our leasehold stores are inside the 
Landlord and Tenant Act providing  
us with a strong degree of security  
of tenure. 

A deferred tax liability arises on the 
revaluation of the properties and on 
the rolled-over gain arising from the 
disposal of some properties. It is not 
envisaged that any tax will become 
payable in the foreseeable future on 
these disposals due to the availability 
of rollover relief. 

We have reported by way of a 
note the underlying value of these 
leasehold stores in revaluations and 
adjusted our Net Asset Value (NAV) 
calculation accordingly to include 
their value. This ensures comparable 
NAV calculations. An analysis of the 
valuations achieved is set out in the 
table on page 32.

31

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsProperty Review continued

Analysis of Total Property Value 

Freeholds3 valued by JLL1 

Leaseholds valued by JLL2 

Subtotal

Sites in development at cost3

Subtotal4

Freehold land & buildings at Director valuation

Total 

1 

Includes related fixtures and fittings (refer to note 12a).

No of 
Stores/ 
Sites

31 July 2023 
Valuation
£’000

No of 
Stores/ 
Sites

31 July 2022 
Valuation
£’000

17

9

26

9

35

1

36

274,725

27,200

301,925

30,605

332,530

1,500

334,030

15

9

24

9

33

1

34

254,775

24,250

279,025

29,215

308,240

1,500

309,740

2  The nine leaseholds valued by JLL are all within the terms of the Landlord and Tenant Act (1954) giving a degree of security of tenure. 

The average length of the leases on the leasehold stores valued was 12 years and 10 months at the date of the 2023 valuation.

3 

4 

Includes £1.54 million of capitalised interest during the period. (2022: £0.59 million).

Loan to Value calculation based on these property values.

Total freehold properties account  
for 91.8% of all property values  
(2022: 92.2%).

Adding our stores under development 
at cost, and land and buildings held at 
Director valuation, our total property 
valuation is up 7.8% to £334.0 million 
(2022: £309.7 million). The increase in 
the values of properties which were 
also valued by JLL last year was 8.2% 
(2022: 22.6%).

The change in the property valuation 
is referred to further in the Financial 
Review section of the Strategic Report 
and is detailed in note 12(a) of the 
notes to the financial statements. The 
principal drivers for this increase are:

•  The trading stores have continued 
to trade at high occupancy. The 
stabilised occupancy assumed  
by JLL is materially unchanged  
at 87.79% (2022: 88.23%).

•  Discount Rates and Exit Yields 
applied by JLL have increased  
this year reflecting changes in  
the debt market.

•  The increases in these 

capitalisation rates are lower 
than seen in other sectors of the 
property industry over the past 
12 months. There is a significant 
amount of capital looking to 
access the self-storage market 
with major private equity and 
institutions having entered the 
market in recent years, including 
Schroders, Legal and General, 
The Carlyle Group, Angelo 
Gordon, GIC, Heitman and 
Nuveen. The Board is aware of 
a number of other institutions 
looking to enter the market either 
through direct acquisition or by 
funding new store developments.

•  Transactional activity in the UK and 
across Europe remains strong. 

JLL reported in its 2023 Valuation 
report: “Self-storage is widely viewed 
as an inflation hedge. The sector has 
proved itself as a resilient asset class 
that generally performs well during 
economic stress events as was seen 
during the Global Financial Crisis and 
the Covid-19 pandemic”.

Further changes in interest rates,  
risk free rates or changes in the 
macro-economic outlook may affect 
the capitalisation rates applied by 
External Valuers. In note 12a we 
set out the likely effects of a 50 bps 
and a 100 bps increase/decrease in 
Discount Rate and Exit Yield used  
in this year’s valuations.

32

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023“ Self-storage is widely viewed as an inflation hedge. The sector has proved itself as a 
resilient asset class that generally performs well during economic stress events as was 
seen during the Global Financial Crisis and the Covid-19 pandemic.”

  Jones Lang LaSalle (JLL)

  2023 Valuation report

Managed Stores
•  Circa £150 million of store assets 

under management

•  11.9% increase in recurring 
management fees earned 

Lok’nStore manages an increasing 
number of stores for third party 
owners. Under this model, Lok’nStore 
can provide a turnkey package for 
investors wishing to own trading self-
storage assets. The investor supplies 
the capital for the project which 
Lok’nStore manages. Lok’nStore 
will buy, build and operate the stores 
under the Lok’nStore brand and within 
our current management structure. 

For Managed Stores Lok’nStore 
receives a standard monthly 
management fee, a performance 
fee based on certain return hurdles 
and fees on a successful exit. We 
also charge acquisition, planning and 
branding fees. This allows Lok’nStore 
to earn revenue from our expertise 
and knowledge of the self-storage 
industry without committing our 
capital. We can amortise various fixed 
central costs over a wider operating 
base and drive more visits to our 
website, moving it up the internet 
search rankings and benefiting all the 
stores we both own and manage.

This strategy improves the risk 
adjusted return of the business by 
increasing the operating footprint, 
revenues and profits without 
committing capital. There is a 
strong correlation between the total 
management fee income and the 
number of stores under management.

We now manage in excess of £150 
million of assets under this structure 
on which we generated managed 
store income of £1.66 million this 
year (2022: £2.79 million). Within this, 
recurring fees were up 11.9% and 
we expect recurring fees to continue 
increasing steadily over the coming 
years as more Managed Stores are 
opened. Second half income was 
stronger and includes additional 
fees from store openings and non-
recurring fees contributed to benefit 
additional supplementary fees (initial 
branding fees etc). Managed Store 
income is generated from our existing 
platform and central management, 
resulting in an effective margin from 
this activity of 100%.

33

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsFinancial Review

“ Prudent balance sheet management 
and continuing investment into 
Landmark stores.”
  Ray Davies 
  Finance Director

The Group has reported higher 
revenue and strong profits.

Same Store
•  Same Store14 Group Revenue 
£27.1 million up 6.6% (2022:  
£25.4 million)

•  Same Store Group Adjusted 
EBITDA1 £15.2 million down  
1% (2022: £15.4 million)

•  Same Store Group Operating 
Profit before non-underlying2  
items £9.2 million down 13.4% 
(2022: £10.6 million)

Headline
•  Group Revenue £27.1 million  
up 0.9% (2022: £26.9 million) 

•  Group Adjusted EBITDA1 
£15.1 million down 7.9%  
(2022: £16.3 million)

•  Group Operating Profit before 

non-underlying2 items £8.9 million 
down 21.9% (2022: £11.4 million)

•  Store EBITDA Margins 56.1% 

(2022: 61.6%) 

•  Operating Profit £8.6 million  

down 49.9% (2022: £17.2 million)

•  Cash available for Distribution 
(CAD)3 £9.13 million down  
19.8% (2022: £11.39 million)

•  Cash available for Distribution 
(CAD) per share 28.4 pence  
(2022: 38.7 pence)

•  Final dividend up 8.2% 

to 13.25 pence per share 
(2022: 12.25 pence per share) 

•  Cash balance £42.1 million 

(2022: £46.5 million)

•  £100 million Bank RCF runs  

to April 2026.

Revenue 
Total Group Revenue for the year 
was £27.1 million, an increase of £0.2 
million (0.9%) from £26.9 million in the 
prior year. Same Store Revenue for 
the year was £27.1 million, an increase 
of 6.6% (2022: £25.4 million).

Post-Balance Sheet. In FY24, the 
Group will change the way it provides 
contents protection to its customers 
and during the course of the year will 
transition to an Enhanced Liability 
Protection Service (ELPS) for our 
customers. Prior to this change, IPT 
at 12% will continue to be paid to our 
insurance provider based on our total 
insurance revenue and will continue  
to be paid to us by our customers. 
After the change, ELPS will be subject 
to VAT and not Insurance Premium  
Tax (‘IPT’). 

As we transition to the ELPS scheme, 
we have decided not to pass the 
entirety of the 8% differential uplift on 
to our customers immediately, and 
hence, gross ELPS revenue next year 
will be lower but not materially so and 
will be recovered completely over the 
next year or two.

Operating Costs
Group operating costs amounted  
to £11.8 million for the year  
(2022: £10.4 million) up by 14.2%.

Historically, overall cost increases 
have been mainly driven by the 
expansion of the business. As 
previously reported at our interim 
results in January 2023, we are 
now seeing some short term but 
significant external cost pressures. 
At a headline level, total Group 
operating costs amounted to £11.8 
million for the year (2022: £10.4 
million) up by 14.2%, which includes 
the profit and loss costs of opening 
new stores in Bedford, Peterborough, 
Warrington and Stevenage; offset 
by the reduction in costs from the 
Sale. On a Same Store basis, costs 
have increased by 17.8% against last 
year (refer store analysis of Group 
operating costs in the table opposite).

We saw significant external cost 
pressure in property costs this year, 
with total property costs increasing by 
£1.45 million. Energy cost accounted 
for £1.2 million of this uplift with a 
further £0.25 million from increased 
Insurance costs. 

Our largest cost area, staff costs, 
increased by 1.9% as we staffed the 
new stores which was offset by lower 
performance bonuses to our store 
colleagues. On a Same Store basis 
this increase was just 0.1%. 

34

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023£27.1m
SAME STORE  
GROUP REVENUE  
UP 6.6%

57.2%
SAME STORE 
EBITDA MARGIN  

3.7%
NET LTV

There was also a lower national 
insurance cost because of the 
combined effects of lower bonuses 
paid and fewer share options 
exercised by management and staff  
in the year.

The 9.0% increase in overhead costs 
is due to a combination of factors. 
There has been a stepped increase 
in audit fees as the audit profession 
adjusts its fee rates in response to 
higher regulatory costs. Legal and 
professional costs related to work 
on rent reviews, corporate tax, 
and increased valuation costs for 
additional work commissioned by the 
Group for valuation work completed 
by JLL. 

Bank charges which now contain 
a full year amortisation charge 
(non-cash) in respect of bank fees 
charged last year for the £25 million 
accordion and the one-year RCF 
extension also increased costs. 
Amortisation charges for 2023 were 
£0.24 million (2022: £0.22 million). 
Other administrative costs (computer 
support, telephones, printing postage 
and stationery and marketing costs 
etc) show no material cost increases.

Looking forward, in FY24, we estimate 
that Same Store operating costs to 
increase by around 6.0% or £0.75 
million, driven materially by revised 
business rates which will result in our 
2023-24 business rates increasing 

£0.49 million with transitional relief 
and by a further £0.20 million plus 
future inflationary increases in FY25. 
This step change in business rates 
will be offset in part by the reduction 
in medium term energy costs we 
are seeing through our hedged 
purchasing and by improvements in 
our insurance costs achieved during 
the renewal process for 2023-24.

We have a strong record of disciplined 
control of our costs. From FY25, we 
fully expect operating costs to revert 
to a low growth position with cost 
increases driven by the expansion  
of the business.

Group Operating Costs

Group Operations

Property costs

Adjustment for property lease rentals

Property and premises costs

Staff costs

Overheads

Total 

Group Operations
Same Store Analysis

Property costs

Adjustment for property lease rentals

Restated property and premises costs

Staff costs

Overheads

Total 

Increase/(decrease) 
in Costs  

%

28.6

4.1

40.7

1.9

9.0

14.2

Increase/(decrease) 
in Costs  

%

32.9

4.1

18.1

0.1

12.5

17.8

Year Ended 
31 July 2023 
£’000

Year Ended 
31 July 2022 
£’000

6,821

(1,817)

5,004

5,267

1,567

5,304

(1,746)

3,558

5,369

1,438

11,838

10,365

Year Ended 
31 July 2023 
£’000

Year Ended 
31 July 2022 
£’000

6,698

(1,817)

4,881

5,177

1,544

11,602

5,062

(1,746)

3,316

5,176

1,358

9,850

35

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsFinancial Review continued

Strong Balance Sheet, 
Efficient Use of Capital,  
Low Debt
•  RCF of £100 million and runs to 

April 2026

•  £17.3* million invested in new  

store pipeline (2022: £12.2 million)

Interest Expense and  
Bank Borrowings
The Group pays a margin of 1.5% on 
its Interest and the all-in effective rate 
is calculated by reference to SONIA 
(Sterling Over Night Indexed Average) 
plus margin.

•  Net debt (excluding leases) 

•  Average cost of debt 4.8% 

£12.3 million (2022: £20.3 million)

(2022: 1.71%)

•  Loan to Value ratio (LTV) net of 

cash 3.7% (2022: 6.6%)

•  Cost of debt averaged 4.8% in the 
year (2022: 1.71%) on £54.4 million 
debt (2022: £66.8 million)

•  Average cost of debt (on active 
revolving loans at 31 July 2023) 
6.2% (2022: 2.71%)

•  Current cost of debt at date of  

this Report 6.8%

* 

Includes £1.54 million of capitalised 
interest.

The Group’s RCF of £100 million is a 
joint agreement with ABN AMRO NV 
and NatWest Bank plc participating 
equally and runs until April 2026 
providing funding for more Landmark 
site acquisitions. The Group is fully 
compliant with the two principal bank 
covenants (LTV and Senior Interest).

Management of Interest 
Rate Risk
Lok’nStore generates an increasing 
cash flow from its strong asset base 
with a low LTV net of cash of 3.7% 
and an average cost of debt of 4.8%. 
The value of the Group’s assets 
underpins a resilient business model 
with stable and rising cash flows and 
low credit risk giving the business a 
firm base to fund future growth.

Post Balance Sheet – 
Temporary Reduction  
of Debt (RCF) 
On 11 August 2023, the Group  
paid down £19.02 million out of 
its recent equity placing proceeds 
reducing the balance on its RCF, 
pending redrawing over time for its 
future deployment on the Group’s 
pipeline stores.

With £54.4 million of gross debt 
currently drawn against the £100 
million bank facility, the Group is not 
committed to enter into interest rate 
hedged instruments but continues 
to keep the matter under review. It is 
not the current intention of the Group 
to commit to a hedged instrument 
at this time given our low level of net 
debt, low Loan to Value ratio and high 
interest cover. 

The gross bank interest expense 
(before capitalisation of interest 
costs, non-utilisation fees and loan 
amortisation fees) for the year was 
£3.1 million (2022: £1.30 million), due 
to higher average debt and higher 
average costs of borrowing. These 
average costs of borrowing have 
continued to rise after the year-end 
and the Group’s current cost of debt 
is running at 6.8%.

The Group continues to monitor 
closely the effects of rising interest 
rates on its Senior Interest covenant, 
which is tested on a 12-month 
rolling basis, and the Group’s flexible 
business model will enable it to take 
appropriate steps to mitigate its 
effects should it be required. 

Capitalised interest in the year on our 
store development programme was 
£1.54 million (2022: £0.59 million). 
Total finance costs in the Statement  
of Comprehensive Income increased 
to £2.56 million (2022: £1.33 million).

Lok’nStore will continue to report on 
the Cash Available for Distribution 
(CAD) which aims to look through 
the statutory accounts and give a 
clear picture of the ongoing ability 
of the Company to generate cash 
flow from the operating business that 
can be used to pay dividends, make 
investments in new stores, or pay 
down debt. 

As agreed with the banks, both the 
Loan to Value and Senior Interest 
covenants set out in our bank facility 
continue to be tested excluding the 
effects of IFRS 16. For covenant 
calculation purposes, debt/LTV 
will continue to exclude right of use 
assets and the corresponding lease 
liabilities created by IFRS 16. When 
testing the Senior Interest Covenant, 
property lease costs will continue 
to be a deduction in the calculation 
of EBITDA, in accordance with the 
accounting principles in force prior  
to 1 January 2019. 

Cash Flow and Financing
At 31 July 2023, the Group had cash 
balances of £42.1 million (2022: £46.5 
million). Cash inflow from operating 
activities before investing and financing 
activities was £15.81 million (2022: 
£18.57 million). As well as using cash 
generated from operations to fund 
some capital expenditure, the Group’s 
£100 million five-year Revolving Credit 
Facility provides sufficient liquidity for 
the Group’s current needs. Undrawn 
committed facilities at the period-end 
amounted to £45.6 million (2022: 
£33.2 million). Cash plus undrawn 
committed facilities amounts to  
£87.7 million, leaving the business  
with plenty of headroom. 

36

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Earnings Per Share
The calculations of earnings per share are based on the following profits and numbers of shares. 

Group
Year Ended
31 July 2023
£’000 

Group
Year Ended 
31 July 2022
£’000

Total profit for the financial year attributable to owners of the Parent

4,692

12,078

Weighted average number of shares for basic earnings per share

Dilutive effect of share options1

For diluted earnings per share

2023
No. of Shares

2022
No. of Shares

29,518,911

29,287,451

467,137

29,986,048

549,321

29,836,772

1 

Further options that could potentially dilute EPS in the future are excluded from the above because they are not dilutive in the period 
presented. Full details of share options are included in notes 21 to 25.

Total basic earnings per share

Total diluted earnings per share

Group
2023
Pence

15.90p

15.65p

Group
2022
Pence

41.24p

40.48p

High Quality Cash Flow
The Group’s high quality cash flow is demonstrated by:

•  Sound operating fundamentals – 

•  Diversified customer base 

•  Other features

 – 17,500 customers with a 

 – Operates in 42 different 

wide mix of businesses and 
households covering many 
sectors and geographies

 – No customer concentration 
risk – no customer accounts 
for more than 0.5% of Group 
revenue

localised markets

 – Very low inventory required
 – Very low capital re-investment 
required once initial build and 
fit-out has been completed 

 – Low staffing requirements 

per store

 – High store EBITDA margins 
56.1% (freeholds 61.8%)

 – Excellent credit model –  

bad debts in FY23 less than 
c. 0.3% of Group revenue 

 – Minimum of four weeks storage 
paid in advance and every  
28 days thereafter

 – Over 90% of new customers 

pay by Direct Debit

 – Contractual lien operates over 
customer goods in the event  
of serious payment default

37

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsFinancial Review continued

Increasing Cash Flow Supports a 10.1% Annual Dividend Increase 
•  Annual dividend 19 pence per share up 10.1% (2022: 17.25 pence per share)

•  Cash Available for Distribution of 28.4 pence per share (2022: 38.7 pence per share)

•  Cash Available for Distribution £9.13 million (2022: £11.39 million) 

CAD provides a clear picture of ongoing cash flow available for dividends, new store development or debt repayment.

Analysis of Cash Available for Distribution (CAD)

Group Adjusted EBITDA 

(Per Statement of Comprehensive Income)

Property lease rents 

Net finance costs paid (excluding re-financing costs)

Capitalised maintenance expenses

New Works Team

Current tax (note 9)

Cash Available for Distribution

(Decrease)/Increase in CAD over last year £

(Decrease)/Increase in CAD over last year %

Closing shares in issue (less shares held in EBT)

CAD per share

(Decrease)/Increase in CAD per share over last year

Group 
Year Ended 
31 July 2023 
£’000

Group 
Year Ended 
31 July 2022 
£’000

15,056

(1,817)

(2,664)

(121)

(76)

(1,245)

(5,923)

9,133

(2,258)

(19.8%)

16,349

(1,746)

(1,395)

(120)

(125)

(1,572)

(4,958)

11,391

3,149

38.2%

Number

Number

32,144,246

29,380,333

28.4p

(26.6%)

38.7p

36.7%

Analysis of the Underlying Business After Adjustment for Non-underlying Items 
When comparing 31 July 2023 with last year, the Group benefited last year from a higher than usual level of exceptional 
gains principally resulting from the Sale totalling £5.9 million in the prior year. 

In the table opposite we separate these non-underlying items and non-recurring management fee income to show the 
performance of the underlying business.

38

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Revenue

Total property, staff, 
distribution, and general costs

Adjusted EBITDA1

Depreciation 

Equity-settled share-based 
payments

Non-underlying items

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance cost

Profit before taxation

Underlying 
Business

27,147

(12,091)

15,056

(5,690)

(450)

–

(6,140)

8,916

665

(2,562)

7,019

2023 
£’000 

Non-underlying 
Items and 
Non-recurring 
Management 
Fee Income

–1

–

–

–

–

(318)2

(318)

(318)

 –

–

(318)

2022
£’000 

Non-underlying 
Items and 
Non-recurring 
Management 
Fee Income

Underlying 
Business

Total

25,430

1,4721

26,902

(10,553)

14,877

(4,727)

(201)

–

(4,928)

9,949

42

(1,328)

8,663

–

1,472

–

–

5,7392

5,739

7,211

 –

–

7,211

(10,553)

16,349

(4,727)

(201)

5,739

811

17,160

42

(1,328)

15,874

Total

27,147

(12,091)

15,056

(5,690)

(450)

(318)

(6,458)

8,598

665

(2,562)

6,701

1  Represents non-recurring management fees.

2  Refer note 4 of the notes to the financial statements for the analysis of non-underlying items.

Taxation
The Group has made a current 
tax provision against earnings 
in this period of £1.2 million 
(2022: £1.7 million) based on a 
blended corporation tax rate of 8 
months at 19%, and 4 months at 
25%. (2022: 19%). 

The deferred tax provision which is 
calculated at forward corporation 
tax rates of 25% is substantially a 
tax provision against the potential 
crystallisation (sales) of revalued 
properties and past ‘rolled over’ gains, 
and amounts to £66.3 million (2022: 
£63.2 million). 

The external revaluation of the trading 
stores at 31 July 2023 is the principal 
contributor to the uplift in the total 
deferred tax provision at the year-end 
(See note 20).

39

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsFinancial Review continued

Gearing11 (Excluding  
IFRS16 Lease Liabilities)
At 31 July 2023, the Group  
had £54.4 million of gross bank 
borrowings (2022: £66.8 million)  
and cash of £42.1 million (2022:  
£46.5 million) representing gearing  
of 5.3% (2022: 9.9%) on net assets  
of £230.5 million (2022: £205 million) 
– after adjusting for the uplift in 
value of short leaseholds which are 
stated at depreciated historic cost in 
the Statement of Financial Position 
gearing is 4.9% (2022: 9.1%). 

Gearing11 (Including IFRS16 
Lease Liabilities)
At 31 July 2023, the Group had £54.4 
million of gross bank borrowings 
(2022: £66.8 million) and cash of 
£42.1 million (2022: £46.5 million) 
with £14.7 million of lease liabilities 
(2022: £10.9 million) representing 
gearing of 11.7% (2022:15.2%) on net 
assets of £230.5 million (2022: £205 
million) – after adjusting for the uplift 
in value of short leaseholds which are 
stated at depreciated historic cost in 
the Statement of Financial Position 
gearing is 12.7% (2022: 17.0%). 

Capital Expenditure
The Group has an active new store 
development programme. The Group 
has grown through a combination 
of building new stores, existing store 
improvements and relocations. We 
have concentrated on extracting value 
from existing assets and developing 
through collaborative projects and 
management contracts. 

Capital expenditure during the period 
totalled £17.3 million (2022: £12.2 
million). This was primarily the contract 
exchange of the Milton Keynes site, 
the purchase of the Bolton site and 
the exchange of contracts on the 
Eastbourne site. There are ongoing 
construction and fit out works at our 
sites in Staines and Basildon, final 
costs on Bedford and Peterborough 
prior to opening, as well as the 

completion of construction works at 
our Stevenage and Warrington stores. 
Planning and pre-development works 
at our Bournemouth, Altrincham, 
Barking and Cheshunt sites also 
featured.

A significant contributor to this 
increase was the uplift from the 
external valuation at 31 July 2023 
combined with the trading strength 
of our business, as well as our 
investment in new stores. 

The Group has capital expenditure 
contracted but not provided for in the 
financial statements of £13.1 million 
(2022: £11.2 million). We carefully 
evaluate the ongoing economic and 
trading position before making any 
further capital commitments and can 
reduce capex quickly if the market 
deteriorates.

Lok’nStore has a good credit model, 
with low debt and gearing and which 
is strongly cash generative from an 
increasing asset base. Increased bank 
facilities, on competitive margins, and 
extended to April 2026, positions the 
business well for the future.

Statement of  
Financial Position
Group net assets at the year-end  
were £230.5 million, up 12.3%  
(2022: £205.3 million).

The Parent Company’s net assets 
have increased because of the 
£7.0 million dividend paid up from 
Lok’nStore Limited, the principal 
operating business of the Group.

Market Valuation of  
Freehold and Leasehold 
Land and Buildings 
It is the Group’s policy to commission 
an independent external valuation of 
its properties at each financial  
year-end. 

Our freehold stores have been 
independently valued by JLL at  
£274.7 million (2022: £254.8 million), 
up 7.8%. Please refer to the table  
of property values on page 32.

Accordingly, Adjusted Total Group 
Assets4 have moved upwards sharply 
in the year to £392.9 million, up 5.9% 
(2022: £370.9 million). 

In this 12 month period, we saw 
a Same Store uplift in valuations 
of £2.6 million in our freehold and 
leasehold trading stores, a 0.94% 
increase. The like-for-like comparison 
excludes the Sale, and the maiden 
valuations on our new stores in 
Bedford and Peterborough. 

It remains the Group’s established 
policy to undertake a comprehensive 
external valuation at each year-end 
and we will do so at the next year-end 
at 31 July 2024.

Valuations

It is not the intention of the Directors to 
make any further significant disposals 
of trading stores, although individual 
disposals may be considered where 
value can more easily be added by 
recycling the capital into new stores. 

The valuations of our freehold property 
assets are included in the Statement 
of Financial Position at their fair value. 
The value of our leasehold stores in 
the valuation totals £27.2 million (2022: 
£24.3 million) but they are held at cost 
less accumulated depreciation in the 
Statement of Financial Position.

A deferred tax liability arises on the 
revaluation of the properties and on 
the rolled-over gain arising from the 
disposal of some properties. It is not 
envisaged that any tax will become 
payable in the foreseeable future on 
these disposals due to the availability 
of rollover relief.

We have reported by way of a note, 
the underlying value of these leasehold 
stores in revaluations and adjusted 
our Net Asset Value (NAV) calculation 
accordingly to include their value. This 
ensures comparable NAV calculations. 
An analysis of the valuations achieved 
is set out in the table opposite.

40

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Increase in Adjusted Net 
Asset Value Per Share 
Adjusted Net Assets per Share are the 
net assets of the Group adjusted for 
the valuation of leasehold stores and 
deferred tax divided by the number of 
shares at the year-end. 

The shares currently held in the 
Group’s Employee Benefits Trust (own 
shares held) and in treasury (zero) are 
excluded from the number of shares.

At 31 July 2023, the Adjusted Net 
Asset Value per share (before deferred 
tax) increased 1.4% to £9.86 from 
£9.72 last year. 

This increase is a result of higher 
property values on our existing stores 
as the strength of our Landmark 
stores is recognised, combined with 
cash generated from operations less 
dividend payments, offset in part by 
an increase in the shares in issue due 
to the exercise of a small number of 
share options during the year.

Analysis of Net Asset Value (NAV) 

Net assets

Adjustment to include operating/short leasehold stores at valuation

Add: JLL leasehold valuation

Deduct: leasehold properties and their fixtures and fittings at NBV

Deferred tax arising on revaluation of leasehold properties1

Adjusted net assets

Shares in issue

Opening shares in issue

Shares issued for the exercise of options

Shares issued from the primary placing

Closing shares in issue

Shares held in EBT

Closing shares for NAV purposes

Adjusted Net Asset Value per share after deferred tax provision

Adjusted Net Asset Value per share before deferred tax provision

Adjusted net assets (see above)

Deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group 

Deferred tax arising on revaluation of leasehold properties1

Adjusted net assets before deferred tax

Closing shares for NAV purposes

Adjusted Net Asset Value per share before deferred tax provision

31 July 2023 
£’000

31 July 2022 
£’000

230,472

205,346

27,200

(6,952)

250,720

(5,062)

245,658

Number 
(‘000s)

30,004

83

2,680

32,767

 (623)

32,144

£7.64

24,250

(7,224)

222,372

(4,256)

218,116

Number 
(‘000s)

29,687

 317

–

30,004

 (623)

29,381

£7.42

31 July 2023 
£’000

31 July 2022 
£’000

245,658

66,290

5,062

317,010

32,144

£9.86

218,116

63,214

4,256

285,586

29,381

£9.72

1  A deferred tax adjustment in respect of the uplift in the value of the leasehold properties has been included, calculated by applying the 
substantively enacted corporation tax rate of 25% (2022: 25%). Although this is a memorandum adjustment as leasehold properties are 
included in the Group’s financial statements at cost and not at valuation, this deferred tax adjustment is included in the adjusted Net 
Asset Value calculation in order to maintain a consistency of tax treatment between freehold and leasehold properties.

41

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsFinancial Review continued

Move to SETS  
Trading Platform
In February 2023, the Board 
approved a transition for trading of the 
Company’s shares on AIM from the 
London Stock Exchange’s SETSqx 
(Stock Exchange Electronic Trading 
Service: Quotes and Crosses) trading 
platform to its SETS (Stock Exchange 
Electronic Trading System) platform, 
effective 7 February 2023.

This move is intended to provide 
investors with access to the entire 
SETS system, providing liquidity  
via traditional order book trades,  
as well as firm two-way quotes  
from market makers.

Summary
Lok’nStore Group operates within  
the UK self-storage industry which  
is still an immature sector with strong 
growth prospects. With a low Loan 
to Value ratio and plenty of headroom 
on our bank facilities, this market 
presents an excellent opportunity 
for further growth of Lok’nStore’s 
business. 

Recently opened Landmark stores 
and our ambitious new store pipeline 
demonstrate the Group’s ability to 
use those strengths to exploit the 
opportunities available throughout  
the economic cycle. 

Our high margins, strong balance 
sheet and flexible business model 
enables Lok’nStore to confidently  
look through the current external 
market turbulence. 

We look to the future with confidence.

Ray Davies

Finance Director

42

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Section 172 Statement

Section 172 of the Companies Act 
2006 requires a director of a company 
to act in a way he or she considers, in 
good faith, would be the most likely to 
promote the success of the company 
for the benefit of its members as a 
whole. In doing this, Section 172 
requires a director to have regard to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the likely consequences of any 
decision in the long-term;

the interests of the company’s 
employees;

the need to foster the company’s 
business relationships with 
suppliers, customers and others;

the impact of the company’s 
operations on the community  
and the environment;

•  maintaining a reputation for high 
standards of business conduct; 
and

• 

the need to act fairly with 
members of the company.

The Directors give careful 
consideration to the factors set out 
above in discharging their duties 
under Section 172, details of which 
are contained throughout this Report. 
The Board’s obligations under Section 
172 are considered at Board meetings 
within each relevant section of the 
Board pack. 

We consider in this regard our 
team members, our customers, 
our shareholders, our suppliers 
and the environment to be our 
stakeholders. The Board recognises 
that building good relationships with 
our stakeholders will help us to deliver 
our strategy in line with our long-term 
values and operate the business in a 
sustainable way.

The Board regularly receives 
reports from management on 
issues concerning customers, the 
environment, suppliers, employees 
and investors, which are discussed 
and incorporated into decision-
making particularly with respect to  
the Board’s Section 172 obligations. 

In July 2023, the Board raised  
£20.5 million (gross) of equity and 
with its £100 million bank facility, has 
increased the Group’s liquidity and 
working capital to pursue its growth 
strategy for shareholders. This cash 
is now available to be recycled into 
new state-of-the-art Landmark 
stores. These new stores will in due 
course generate more growth in 
revenue, profits and dividends for 
shareholders but will also have a 
positive environmental effect as the 
new stores will have solar PV and  
be generally more energy efficient. 

Further information on our approach to Section 172 is to be found in the following sections of our Annual Report: 

Employees

Customers 

•  Chair’s Statement

•  Managing Director’s Review

•  Environmental and Social

•  Chair’s Statement

•  Managing Director’s Review

•  Environmental and Social

Suppliers and Partners

•  Environmental and Social

Investors

Environment &  
Sustainability

Longer Term

•  Governance

•  Chair’s Statement

•  Managing Director’s Review

•  Financial Review

•  Governance

•  Chair’s Statement

•  Managing Director’s Review

•  Environmental and Social Report

•  Chair’s Statement

•  Managing Director’s Review

•  Financial Review

•  Principal Risks and Uncertainties

•  Page 4

•  Page 21

•  Page 49

•  Page 4

•  Page 21

•  Page 49

•  Page 49

•  Page 61

•  Page 4

•  Page 21 

•  Page 34

•  Page 61

•  Page 4

•  Page 21

•  Page 49

•  Page 4

•  Page 21 

•  Page 34

•  Page 44

43

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties

Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties in  
Operating our Business 
Risk management has been a 
fundamental part of the successful 
development of Lok’nStore. The 
process is designed to improve 
the probability of achieving our 
strategic objectives, keeping our 
team members safe, protecting the 
interests of our shareholders and 
key stakeholders, and enhancing the 
quality of our decision-making through 
understanding the risks inherent in 
both the day-to-day operations and 
the strategic direction of the Group,  
as well as their likely impact. 

Management of our risks helps us 
protect our reputation, which is very 
important to the ability of the Group 
to attract customers, particularly with 
the growth of social media. We always 
try to communicate clearly with our 
customers, suppliers, local authorities, 
communities, team members, and 
shareholders, and to listen and take 
account of their views. We operate 
strict Health and Safety policies and 
procedures and more information  
on these can be found on page 58.

Our Risk Management 
Governance 
The Board has overall responsibility 
for the management of the Group’s 
risks. As the Group’s strategic 
direction is reviewed and agreed, the 
Board identifies the associated risks 
and works to reduce or mitigate them 
using an established risk management 
framework in conjunction with the 
Executive Management Team. This is 
a continuing and evolving process as 
we review and monitor the underlying 
risk elements relevant to the business.

Risk Management 
Framework 
The risk register covers all areas of the 
business including property, finance, 
employees, insurance, customers, 
strategy, governance, and disaster 
recovery. The risks are categorised by 
risk area and numerically rated based 
on a combination of ‘likelihood’ and 
‘consequences and impact’ on the 
business. The combination of these 
two becomes the ‘risk factor’ and any 
factor with a rating over 15 is reported 
to the Board.

Risk Management Team
Ray Davies, Finance Director, is 
the Board member responsible for 
ensuring that the risk management 
and related control systems are 
effective, and that the communication 
channels between the Board and 
the Executive Management Team 
are open and working correctly. 
The Executive Management Team 
is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of the risk factors. 
Responsibility for identifying, 
managing, and controlling the risk is 
assigned to an individual as shown 
on the risk register depending on 
the business area. Reporting against 
the risks forms part of the monthly 
Executive management meeting 
and the risk factor may be amended 
if applicable. There are also sub-
committees for particular risk areas 
which meet regularly. The Risk 
Management and Reporting  
Structure is shown below.

OUR RISK MANAGEMENT AND REPORTING STRUCTURE 

THE BOARD

Reviews Risk Register in full twice a year

Considers specific risk areas as raised  
by the Executive Board

EXECUTIVE BOARD COMMITTEE

Reviews risks at monthly Executive management meetings and if material, requests the Board  
consider risk at next scheduled Board Meeting (or earlier, if necessary)

CAPEX COMMITTEE

PROPERTY RISK COMMITTEE

Meets Monthly

Meets Periodically

Manages proposed capital expenditure,  
actual spend, rolling capex requirements 

Considers: Risks associated with properties 
including Health and Safety 

Environmental Impact

44

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Principal Risks
The principal risks our business faces and our key mitigations are outlined in the table below.

Risk

Description

Key Mitigation

Interest Rate 
and Liquidity 
Risk 

The main risks arising from the 
Group’s financial instruments are 
interest rate risk and liquidity risk  
(for details please see note 17).

Tax Risk 

Treasury Risk

Changes to tax legislation may impact 
the level of corporation tax, capital 
gains tax, VAT and stamp duty land 
tax which would in turn affect the 
profits of the Group.

The Group has faced increased costs 
from adverse interest rate movements. 
The Bank of England has raised base 
rates (BOEBR) fourteen times since 
December 2021 and BOEBR is 
currently 5.25% up from 0.1% in 
March 2020.

•  Regular review by the Board (full details are set out in the  

Financial Review, from page 34). 

•  Debt and interest are low relative to assets and earnings. With 
interest rates rising, this risk per se is increasing, however the 
Executive and the Board monitor this position carefully through the 
Group’s detailed operating reports produced on a weekly basis 
and detailed financial and accounting reports produced  
on a monthly basis.

•  Could reduce debt, if required, by executing sale and manage-
back arrangements on mature stores or slow the rate of site 
development.

•  Regular monitoring of changes in legislation.
•  Use of appointed professional advisers and trade bodies.

•  The Group has a £100 million Revolving Credit Facility which runs 
until April 2026 providing funding for future Landmark site stores. 
The two principal bank covenants (LTV and Senior Interest) are 
covenant compliant. 

•  Lok’nStore is a robust business which generates an increasing 
cash flow from its strong asset base with a low LTV net of cash  
of 3.7% (2022: 6.6%). The value of the Group’s assets underpins  
a flexible business model with stable and rising cash flows and low 
credit risk giving the business a firm base for growth.

•  Average cost of debt 4.77% (2022: 1.71%).
•  Average cost of debt (active revolving loans) 6.2% (2022: 2.71%).
•  Current cost of debt 6.8%.
•  With £54.4million of gross debt currently drawn against the 

£100 million bank facility, the Group is not committed to enter 
into hedging instruments although recognising that interest rates 
have risen significantly. The Group continues to regularly monitor 
this risk. 

•  The Group monitors compliance with its bank covenants closely 
and during the year it complied with all of its bank covenants.

•  The Group has the ability to pay down debt which it did by 

repaying £19 million post-balance sheet.

•  The Group can raise equity to finance growth. On 7 July 2023,  
the Company raised total gross proceeds of approximately  
£20.5 million through the issue of 2,679,739 new Ordinary Shares 
via a Placing and REX Retail Offer, at a price of 765 pence per 
Ordinary Share. 

45

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk

Description

Key Mitigation

Property 
Valuation Risk 

The external independent valuations 
of the stores are sensitive to both 
operational trading performance of 
the stores and also wider market 
conditions. It follows that a reduction 
in operational performance or a 
deterioration of market conditions 
could have a material adverse impact 
on the Net Asset Value (NAV) of 
the Group.

•  Regular monitoring of any changes in market conditions and 

transactions occurring within our marketplace.

•  Use of independent professional valuers who are experts in the 

self-storage sector. There is regular contact with the current valuer 
JLL and discussions around market values and transactions within 
the sector, including post year-end. 

•  Previous experience of downturns, such as the Dotcom and 

Global Financial crises, has demonstrated that Self-Storage has 
considerable resilience.

•  Stores are predominantly Landmark stores in prime locations and 
are all UK based and predominantly located in the affluent South 
of England. The Group is therefore not exposed to overseas/
international currency risks, etc.

•  Operational management teams with the skills, experience, and 

motivation to continue to drive operational performance.

Environmental 
Risk

Flooding.

•  Flood risk due diligence undertaken on all prospective 

Increased requirement to reduce 
waste and greenhouse gas emissions 
and reduce environmental impact on 
the environment.

site acquisitions.

•  Flood protection measures in place at all stores.
•  Group has been measuring environmental impact since 2005 
and is committed to manage waste effectively and control 
polluting emissions.

•  All new construction has solar power on the roofs of its buildings.

Property 
Acquisition 

Acquiring new sites is a key strategic 
objective of the business but we face 
significant competition from other 
uses such as hotels, car showrooms 
and offices as well as from other 
self-storage operators.

•  We hold weekly property meetings to manage the search process 

and property purchases. 

•  Use of property acquisition consultants.
•  Regular communication with agents. 
•  Attendance at industry relevant property events. 

Planning 
Permission

The process of gaining planning 
permissions remains challenging.

Planning approval is increasingly 
dependent on Social or Environmental 
enhanced features such as BREEAM 
standards, as well as local planners’ 
demands for green spaces, cycle and 
footpaths, etc. all adding cost and 
complexity to a planning project.

•  Where we can we acquire sites subject to planning. 
•  We work with an established external planning consultant. 
•  Our property team has over 20 years’ experience in obtaining 

planning consents for our stores.

Construction

Poor construction may affect the  
value of the property and/or the 
efficient operation of the store. 

Rising costs of developing a store  
may mean site opportunities which  
do not meet management’s return  
on investment criteria may not be 
taken up.

Availability of ‘Grid Capacity’.

•  We use a design and build contract with a variety of established 

contractors. 

•  We use external project managers.
•  All projects are overseen by our property team which has over 

20 years’ experience.

•  Construction projects are subject to a tender process.
•  Rising costs are factored into our financial modelling to ensure 

the required returns are achievable.

•  Ensure sufficient due diligence undertaken to ensure supply.
•  Contracts to be subject to availability of Grid Capacity as a condition.

46

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Risk

Description

Key Mitigation

Maintenance/
Damage

Damage to properties through poor 
maintenance or flood or fire could 
render a store inoperable.

•  Regular site checks by team members.
•  Rolling maintenance plan for all stores.
•  Comprehensive disaster recovery plan. 
•  Appropriate insurance cover.

Increased 
Competition

An increasing number of competitors 
in the industry may negatively impact 
Lok’nStore’s existing operations  
(e.g. pricing/available sites).

Colleague 
Retention

Loss of team members may affect  
our ability to operate our stores and 
provide the high levels of customer 
service expected.

Cyber Security 
and IT System 
Breach

A breach of our IT systems might 
adversely affect the operations and 
income of the business resulting  
in potential fines, customer 
compensation and causing 
reputational damage to the Group.

Future 
Pandemic Risk

A spread of the virus and social 
protection measures which may be 
introduced by Government may 
adversely affect the operations and 
financial performance of the business 
and adversely impact on the health of 
team members.

•  Established criteria for site selection including: 

 – Prominent locations
 – High visibility
 – Distinctive designs and bright orange elevations and signage 

to attract customers.

•  Continued investment in the Group’s website and 

internet marketing.

•  Ensure high levels of customer service through training and 

monitoring.

•  Aim to offer a good work/life balance and career development.
•  Regular reviews of remuneration levels against market.
•  Achievable bonus systems.
•  Generous Employee Share Schemes. 
•  High-quality training within the Lok’nStore Academy (for further 

information see page 57.

•  Intranet for improved communications. 
•  Established colleague rewards programme.

•  Regularly reviewed IT security systems. 
•  Well communicated policies and procedures for handling and 

managing a systems breach.

•  The Group has a well-defined policy and response developed and 

executed throughout the recent Covid-19 pandemic.

•  Our Covid-19 Group Safe Response has been documented in 

detail in the Managing Director’s Review on page 21 in the 2021 
Annual Report and is not repeated here.

 The Strategic Report as set out in pages 15 to 47 was approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 
27 October 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Andrew Jacobs 

Ray Davies

Chair 

Finance Director

27 October 2023 

27 October 2023

47

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements48

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Environmental 
and Social 

51 

Environmental Targets and Commitments

52  Environmental Management Performance

54  Our Environmentally Progressive Stores

55  Social

ENVIRONMENTAL 
MATTERS

Key Highlights 
•  Commitment to install Photovoltaic 
(PV) generation on all new stores

•  Operational GHG emissions down 

93% since 2005

•  The proportion of total electricity 
needs provided on site with PV is 
16% of the total electricity need

•  Gas use down 39% this year

•  Waste down 6% this year

•  Water use down 19% this year

49

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsEnvironmental

Our Stores Generating 
Renewable Energy

•  Stores with PV

•  Stores without PV

Lok’nStore in the year had a c.£300k 
displaced grid energy saving from 
solar energy generated and used  
in its own stores. 

RENEWABLE  
ELECTRICITY

NUMBER OF TRADING 
STORES WITH PV

NUMBER OF STORES WITH 
AN EPC OF B OR ABOVE 

100% 
of portfolio

57%

46%

5050

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023ENVIRONMENTAL TARGETS AND COMMITMENTS

Our Drive to Net Zero Operational 
GHG Emissions 

We continue to monitor and implement strategies to 
minimise this very small tail of our direct emissions.

The global scientific and governmental community 
has identified a need to achieve Net Zero global 
carbon emissions by 2050. This year, Lok’nStore has 
set a target to achieve Operational Net Zero carbon 
emissions by 2040. Lok’nStore’s Greenhouse Gas 
(GHG) emissions from direct operational sources are 
limited to natural gas use, used for heating and hot 
water only, and transport related fuel use. 

Lok’nStore decreased its natural gas use by 39% in 
the year. This comparatively low generation of GHGs 
and our efforts since 2005 to monitor and reduce our 
operational GHG emissions, Scope 1 and 2, have 
resulted in a significant decrease over that time, even 
as the business has grown to 42 stores. 

Lok’nStore Environmental Commitments 
and Targets

Lok’nStore remains committed to positively impacting 
the environment. 

Our Environmental Committee is led by Andrew 
Jacobs, Chair, as well as a Non-Executive Director and 
two Executive Board Directors. The committee abides 
by three key strategic themes: 

•  To be the ‘Big Friendly Storage Company’ to both 

our customers and the environment

•  Provide environmentally excellent buildings for 

colleagues and customers

•  Plan and deliver a sustainable business

Our Targets FY22/23

Result Our Progress

To obtain Energy Performance 
Certificates for all Owned Stores 

All Owned Stores have an EPC rating ranging from A-E. Of this 46% are a B  
or above.

To complete a feasibility study on 
battery storage to complement 
future PV systems

To increase the number  
of stores with PV systems 

Complete a feasibility study  
to retrofit all stores that are 
suitable for PV

A feasibility study has been completed. Having assessed the value of installing 
battery storage against electricity exported back to the Grid, the Environmental 
Committee have concluded that battery storage is currently uneconomic.  
We will continue to keep this under review.

PV was installed on Bedford and Peterborough within the year.

We have identified all the stores that have the potential to have PV installed  
on existing roofs. We are working with a third party to progress installations.

Review the benefit of swapping 
diesel van to an electric van

Findings show that the extremely low use of our single company van means it  
is most appropriate to change to an electric van at the current van’s end of life.

To trial the retrofitting of  
LED lighting in place of lower 
efficiency fittings

We completed trials at one Owned and two Managed Stores. Results make  
a clear case for continued roll out across the few remaining stores that have 
fluorescent tubes.

OUR TARGETS FY23/24

OUR COMMITMENTS

•  Decarbonise our business to be Net Zero in 

operations in 2040

•  Assess recommended improvements from 
current EPCs and action as appropriate
•  Trial the installation of a battery at one store
•  To increase the number of stores with 

PV systems

•  Continue the roll out of LED lights for all stores
•  Obtain BREEAM at one store
•  Determine a route to eliminate waste destined 

for landfill

Install EV charging across all new stores

• 
•  Optimise energy usage in stores
•  Engage with our colleagues and customers 

about our Green Credentials

•  Review internal processes to continuously make 

green improvements 
Install PV on all new stores

• 

51

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsEnvironmental continued

Environmental Management and Performance 
Lok’nStore is committed to its 
environmental strategy and 
sustainability policy. We have been 
actively monitoring and measuring 
our environmental impacts since 
2005. By monitoring environmental 
key performance indicators including 
greenhouse gas emissions (GHG), 
water use and waste, and reviewing 
them against our stated policy, we 
continue to achieve our stated aims; 
to control polluting emissions, manage 
water and waste effectively, and to 
encourage suppliers to minimise their 
impact on the environment. 

The UK Government requires all 
quoted companies to report on 
their GHG emissions as part of their 
annual Director’s Report under the 
Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report) 
Regulations 2013. As in previous 
years, Lok’nStore engaged S&P 
Global Intelligence, a leading company 
in environmental, carbon data and 
risk, to review the Group’s reporting of 
environmental impacts for the financial 
year ended 31 July 2023. 

Highlights for the Year Ended 31 July 2023

Impact

Result Comment

A summary of their findings is 
included below. S&P Global 
Intelligence found that Lok’nStore 
assessed and disclosed all material 
environmental impacts – GHG 
emissions, water consumption and 
waste generation for its own facilities. 
The full operational footprint report 
containing comprehensive metrics, 
key ratios and their methodology can 
be found on our website.

Operational GHG Emissions 
Intensity 

During FY22/23 Lok’nStore decreased operational GHG emission 
intensity by 27% from 4.14 to 3.03 tCO2e per million (£m) revenue.

Direct Operational GHG 
Emissions (Scope 1)

Indirect Operational GHG 
Emissions (Scope 2)

During FY22/23 Lok’nStore’s Scope 1 emissions decreased by 8% to 
81.9 tCO2e from 89.4 tCO2e.

We experienced a decrease of 23% in total electricity intensity across 
all of our sites.

Renewable Energy Generation

20% increase in energy generated at our sites.

Water Consumption 

In the year 22/23, we have seen a 19% decrease in water consumption.

Waste Generation and Recycling

In the year 22/23, total waste generation decreased by 6%.

 Improvement in environmental performance year on year

Direct Operational GHG 
Emissions (Scope 1)
This year, we had a 19% decrease 
in direct GHG emissions from 
fuel used in travel. We also saw 
a 39% decrease in natural gas 
consumption. The decrease is as a 
result of decarbonisation reflecting our 
progress towards our aim to remove 
natural gas boilers at the end of their 
useful life and replace with electric 
boilers, which takes advantage of 
our electricity from 100% renewable 
sources.

Indirect Operational GHG 
Emissions (Scope 2)
We continue to emit no indirect 
operational GHG emissions due to 
long-standing supply contracts for 
renewable electricity and our own 
on-site photovoltaic.

Renewable Energy 
Generation 
Generation of electricity from our solar 
panels installed on our buildings is 
dependent on both the number of 
panels fitted and sunshine hours; and 
a 20% increase in energy generated 
at our sites is reflective of more 
sunshine hours during the period and 
two new sites added in the period. 

PV solar panels will continue to  
be installed on new stores to  
increase electricity generated by  
our operations. 57% of trading  
stores have photovoltaic panels,  
of which 58% are Owned Stores. 

Water Consumption
Though the total number of stores 
trading has increased, water intensity 
decreased by 35%. Lok’nStore has 
undertaken a comprehensive review 
of its water meters using a third 
party and has put in place stringent 
monitoring processes to ensure 
accurate billing and reporting on water 
use. This ensures expected water 
use is recorded and easily identifies 
potential leaks or excessive use. 

52
52

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
SUSTAINABLE PROGRESS ON OUR TARGETS

Waste Generation  
and Recycling
The total number of trading sites 
increased and when adjusted for 
intensity saw a 25% decrease in 
landfill waste. Lok’nStore have 
closely monitored waste for 4 
years which has led to a significant 
reduction in waste to landfill within 
that period. Through engagement 
with our supplier, we now have 
management systems in place 
where the destination of our waste 
can be reported in greater detail. 
In addition to this, our supplier 
has confirmed Lok’nStore’s landfill 
diversion rate currently is 97.45% due 
to how the waste is treated at its final 
disposal point and these facilities’ 
effectiveness. Our supplier sources 
the best disposal facilities available 
to each store and, where possible, 
ensures that no waste should go 
directly to landfill. 

In the coming financial year, we hope 
to be able to provide even better 
reporting now that we have increased 
knowledge of how our waste is 
treated once it leaves our stores. This 
is further evidence of our improved 
environmental management systems. 

Biodiversity
We target net biodiversity gain and 
create wild habitats on our sites. 
When building a new storage centre 
we leave areas behind and around 
the side of the building for trees, 
wild-growing flowers and insects. 
Flowers in these areas will help the 
local wildlife thrive and encourage 
pollinators to visit.

The Board considers the impact our 
operations have on the environment 
with a view to minimising them 
wherever possible. We will continue to 
monitor and report our environmental 
impacts in line with government 
guidelines. 

2005 VS 2023 93% Reduction 
in GHG Emissions 
Lok’nStore began reporting on 
environmental factors in 2005. 
Since then, Lok’nStore has been 
making conscious decisions to make 
a positive environmental impact, 
especially targeting lower GHG 
emissions. Lok’nStore has made a 
series of impactful decisions to reduce 
its environmental footprint, prior to 
the known importance of Net Zero. 
The graph below shows how 
Lok’nStore’s emissions would look  
if the same environmental decisions 
of 2005 had been continued over the 
17 years alongside its current portfolio 
of stores. 

Employee Engagement 
In the year, we have employed a 
two-pronged approach to waste and 
energy savings, introducing energy 
saving LED lights on a store-by-
store basis and providing a range of 
recycling bins for our teams – whilst 
engaging with colleagues to update 
them on the Group’s energy use 
and to promote energy and waste 
conservation amongst our teams.

How it could have been – if Lok’nStore had taken no action to limit it’s impact on the environment

e
2
O
C
s
e
n
n
o
t

c

i
r
t
e
M

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

If Lok’nStore made no environmental changes

Lok’nStore actual outcome

53

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
Environmental continued

OUR ENVIRONMENTALLY PROGRESSIVE STORES

54

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Social

Our Team
At 31 July 2023, we had 193 
colleagues (2022: 178 colleagues). 
We treat our colleagues with dignity 
and respect and are committed to 
providing a positive attitude and 
an enjoyable working environment. 
We have a professional, open and 
customer first focused culture. 
Colleagues can exchange ideas, 
share best practice and offer 
suggestions for improvement through 
regular meetings with managers  
and Directors. 

Our Central Support Team is visiting 
and in daily telephone communication 
with our store colleagues to promote 
the Company’s objectives, review 
performance, celebrate success and 
manage risk factors. Our recruitment 
process allows us the flexibility to 
recruit new team members based on 
a number of desirable characteristics 
including: personality, work ethic and 
previous employment. 

Lok’nStore fosters an inclusive 
environment where diversity and 
equality thrive. At Lok’nStore, we 
do not permit discrimination in any 
form. Lok’nStore has a responsibility 
to respect the human rights of our 
colleagues and customers, and 
we are committed to ensuring that 
our supply chain upholds the same 
values. We uphold clear standards for 
issues including: health and safety, 
freedom of association, preventing 
discrimination, no forced labour, 
political influence, working hours and 
working conditions.

Male

Female

Store Colleagues

41%

59%

Head Office/CST

48% 52%

The Board

Total

89% 11%

56% 44%

At Lok’nStore, we believe colleagues 
are our most valuable asset and we 
recognise that the cost-of-living crisis 
has had an effect amongst our teams. 
To assist colleagues, Lok’nStore made 
two cost-of-living payments totalling 
£400 per person. Feedback from our 
teams was very positive. As of March 
2023, Lok’nStore introduced Help at 
Hand, a completely confidential digital 
health and wellbeing service which 
provides our colleagues and their 
immediate family with access to key 
health and wellbeing services via an 
app. In addition to this, Lok’nStore has 
an employee benefits scheme called 
Rewards Locker where colleagues 
have access to exclusive rewards and 
savings across a variety of retailers. 

From January 2023, all colleagues 
received a new Death in Service 
benefit, providing peace of mind for 
our colleagues and their loved ones. 
For more information, please see 
page 77.

We encourage our team members 
to build on their skills, through the 
Lok’nStore Academy and regular 
performance reviews. Training 
courses and team meetings are held 
regularly at the Group’s Head Office 
where our store colleagues are joined 
for lunch by our Central Support 
Team, Head Office colleagues and 
the Executive Directors. This gives 
the senior management team an 
opportunity to monitor and assess  
the culture throughout the business. 

During the year, Lok’nStore hosted 
a mental health awareness training 
session for an initial group of 
colleagues through a third party 
provider. During this session, our team 
learnt how to engage in conversations 
around mental health, how to support 
colleagues effectively, correctly spot 
indicators and create action plans to 
improve both their team’s and their 
own mental health.

Lok’nStore conducts internal audits of 
all of its stores to uphold and monitor 
procedures, standards, mitigate risks 
and enhance the overall customer 
experience. In addition to this, we 
have engaged a third party supplier 
to conduct first impression audits 
to uphold presentational standards. 
Similarly, we continue to monitor and 
improve customer experience and 
service standards through a third 
party mystery shop supplier, which 
are also reviewed in meetings with  
our colleagues to further their skills 
and drive standards.

We promote and underpin our 
customer first focused culture and 
celebrate success constantly through 
a variety of channels including regular 
email communication to colleagues, 
the Lok’nStore intranet and through 
monthly bonus letters sent to all 
store colleagues. All of these are fully 
branded and use positive language  
to promote Company values. 

Remuneration of all Group colleagues 
is reviewed annually to ensure all of 
our team members are paid fairly  
and to ensure we can attract and 
retain the correct talent to support  
our expansion.

The Board would like to thank all 
colleagues for their commitment 
to our customers and for their 
hard work and efforts over  
the year.

55

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsSocial continued

Employee Benefit Trust
The Employee Benefit Trust owns 623,212 shares (2022: 623,212 shares), the costs of which are shown as a deduction 
from shareholders’ funds. Full details are provided in note 28 – Own Shares.

Social Initiatives

Bonus Schemes

Opportunity to Buy  
and Receive Shares

Colleague Engagement  
Activities

Comment

We are delighted to say that all of our colleagues continue to benefit from the success of 
the business through our bonus schemes. During the year, we paid over £0.64 million in 
bonuses to those colleagues.

Lok’nStore has a share incentive plan (SIP) in which all colleagues are eligible to 
participate. 82% of our colleagues are enrolled members of our share scheme, with 58% 
of colleagues being investing members. 

Colleagues are given the opportunity to take part in internal competitions run via our 
engaging intranet with a chance to win a variety of prizes. Every colleague receives a 
Christmas hamper gift as a token of the Company’s appreciation. We also celebrate 
Company and individual successes throughout the year.

Social Activities

Lok’nStore hosts Company parties for all colleagues to attend. 

Internal Progression Routes  
and Career Management

At Lok’nStore, we aim to fill most positions through internal promotions. We are extremely 
proud that 57% of our current store managers have been promoted internally.

Development and Training

Contributing to Society

All colleagues are supported to learn and develop through internal and external training. 
We provide internal training workshops, process update training as well as 
apprenticeships, and National Vocational Qualifications.

During this financial year, the Group has made significant cash payments in relation to 
Corporation Tax, Insurance Premium Tax (IPT), Employer National Insurance contributions, 
VAT and Business (Rates) totalling over £6.68 million.

The Lok’nStore 
Environmental Committee
In recent years, we have introduced 
an Environmental Committee that 
meets quarterly to review and discuss 
practical steps we can take as a 
business to further reduce our impact 
on the environment. The Committee 
members consist of stakeholders 
at all levels of the business whose 
roles all have a direct link to our 
environmental performance. 

The Environmental Committee 
includes two Executive Board 
Directors and a Non-Executive 
Director, Simon Thomas, who has 
special responsibility on the Board 
for environmental matters. We 
regularly discuss our successes 
and environmental projects 
with colleagues through internal 
communications. 

This gives all colleagues the 
opportunity to raise ideas of how we 
can further improve our environmental 
performance and the engagement 
with all areas of the business.

Cyber Security
The environment around cyber threat 
remains and arguably is growing, 
as more companies succumb to 
malicious or ransom-ware attacks. 
Although our firewalls have never 
been penetrated, throughout this 
financial year we have undertaken 
a comprehensive cyber project to 
strengthen our defences against such 
attacks. 

The scope of the project has been 
extensive and includes an external 
audit of our IT processes, an upgrade 
of our IT policy, email policy, password 
policy, and incident response plan. 

Layers of additional penetration 
security have been put in place to 
further strengthen our ‘firewall’ as 
well as multi-factor authentication 
on Microsoft Office 365 accounts. 
Potential vulnerabilities have been 
evaluated and unsupported software 
removed. Penetration testing has been 
completed using GCHQ approved 
external agents who were unable to 
penetrate our systems. Executive 
Directors have additional VPN security 
when accessing public Wi-Fi networks 
via laptops/mobile devices.

This is supported by a mandated 
cyber security training for all 
colleagues who have access to 
information resources.

56

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023The Lok’nStore Academy 

The Lok’nStore Academy continues 
to bring strategic and operational 
benefits to the business, aligning 
our training under one branded 
project and providing personal 
development opportunities to all 
of our team members. During the 
year, the Academy offered a number 
of training courses which have 
been delivered via virtual training 
sessions. Our continuing growth 
and dynamic pipeline of new stores 
allows our colleagues to grow as the 
business grows.

Development of our teams through 
the Academy supports our strategic 
aim to fill future Store Manager roles 
internally. 

Today, 57% (2022: 55%) of our 
Store Managers are internal 
appointments having all developed 
from a Customer Service Assistant 
role. We aim to improve this 
percentage as the business grows, 
giving us committed and talented 
team members at the customer-
facing heart of our business. The 
Academy encompasses all in-
house training and quality audits, 
such as our monthly mystery shop 
programme and standards audits 
and performance reviews.

Our third party mystery shopping 
company, Performance in People 
(‘PIP’), hosted a Customer 
Experience Event (CX Day 2023) 
that brings together Senior CX 

Professionals from world class 
brands to discuss and showcase 
innovative approaches around 
customer excellence. Performance 
in People presented some awards 
to celebrate, and reward some 
of the very best in the industry, 
and we are pleased to report that 
Lok’nStore picked up two awards: 
BMS Champion 2022 and Top BMS 
performer. Mike Dalloz – Managing 
Director of PIP said, “This is a 
massive achievement, the call was 
a perfect example of exhibiting 
telephone behaviours necessary 
to deliver an exceptional customer 
experience, which was why it was 
selected as the winner in front of 
tens of thousands of other mystery 
shopping calls”.

Our Customers
We believe in clarity and transparency 
when communicating with our 
customers. Our website is informative 
yet engaging and, where necessary, 
clearly explains our terms of business 
without hiding anything in the small 
print. We are open and honest about 
our products and services and do not 
employ pressure selling techniques 
or attempt to take advantage of any 
vulnerable groups. If we make a 
mistake, we acknowledge it, deal with 
the problem quickly and learn from 
our error. 

We listen to our customers as we 
know that they can help us improve 
our service to them. In return, a 
substantial amount of our business 
comes from previous customers, 
existing customers taking more space 
and customer referrals. We have a 
responsibility to our customers to 
offer products and services that meet 
the high standards they expect of a 
company that is charged with looking 
after their possessions. 

Customer Reviews

Google

Feefo (Movein Reviews)

Feefo (Vacation Reviews)

Trustpilot

Rating

4.8  
out of 5

4.9  
out of 5

4.8  
out of 5

4.5  
out of 5

57

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsSocial continued

Our Communities
At Lok’nStore, our objective is to 
engage in philanthropy by making 
positive and meaningful contributions 
to the local communities surrounding 
our stores. We have over 50 charities 
storing with us at a reduced rate  
and provide over 1,000 sq. ft. of 
free space to our partner charities. 
Whenever feasible, where there is a 
need, we distribute Lok’nStore boxes 
to the community. 

Charity and Community Engagement

Free space donated to 
charity use

Discounted space for 
charity use

£28,329

£21,668

One off donations*

£365

*  Matching colleague donations for 

Christmas Jumper Day.

Our Suppliers 
We are committed to conducting our 
business with suppliers in a fair and 
honest manner, with openness and 
integrity, operating in accordance 
with the terms and conditions agreed 
upon. We expect our suppliers to 
operate to these same principles. 
Lok’nStore is proud to have worked 
with a number of its suppliers for 
many years and have achieved  
long-standing relationships to the 
benefit of both parties. 

Policy on Payment  
of Suppliers
The Group does not follow any 
formal code or standard on payment 
practice. The Company’s policy, 
which is also applied by the Group, 
is to ensure that, in the absence of 
dispute, all suppliers are dealt with in 
accordance with standard payment 
practice, whereby all outstanding 
trade accounts are settled within  
the terms agreed with the supplier  
at the time of the supply or otherwise, 
30 days from invoice date. At the  
year-end, the credit taken from 
suppliers by the Group was 38 days 
(2022: 39 days).

FY ended 31 July 23

Within 30 days

Between 30 and 60 days

Over 60 days

Average time to pay an 
invoice

40%

57%

3%

38 days

Health and Safety
The Board recognises the prime 
importance of maintaining high 
standards of Health and Safety 
and healthy working conditions 
for our teams, customers, visitors, 
contractors, and other people who 
interact with our business activities. 

Lok’nStore has a Property Risk 
Committee which meets periodically 
and considers issues relevant to 
Health and Safety and other risk 
issues within the Group, under the 
overall supervision of Ray Davies, 
Finance Director, who carries Board 
responsibility for risk management. 

The Health and Safety policy is 
reviewed by this Committee on an 
annual basis. It is also amended 
to include changes to Health and 
Safety Law as they occur. The Health 
and Safety policy clearly sets out 
the duties and responsibilities of the 
Managing Director, managers, and  
all colleagues within the Group.

Customer, Contractor and 
Visitor Health and Safety

FY22/23

Number of colleagues at 
31 July 2023

200

Number of minor injuries

Of which were customers, 
contractors, and visitors

Of which were minor cuts

Of which were team 
members

13

9

9

4

RIDDOR reportable events 0

58

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 202359

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements60

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Governance

62  Board of Directors and Advisers 

64  Corporate Governance 

72  Directors’ Report

77  Remuneration Report

81  Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

82 

Independent Auditor’s Report to the 
Members of Lok’nStore Group plc

LANDMARK STORE

PETERBOROUGH

45,000 

SQUARE FEET OF MAXIMUM 
LETTABLE AREA

NOW

OPEN

OPEN

Lok’nStore acquired and developed this four-storey 
Landmark store situated prominently along the main 
road leading to the well occupied Maskew Avenue 
Retail Park. 

Its strategic location next to various food, retail, and leisure 
premises makes it a convenient choice for the sizeable 
population it serves in Peterborough. 

The facility opened in June 2023, and the store has 
experienced good early trading.

61

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsBoard of Directors and Advisers

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Andrew Jacobs (64) 
Chair

Ray Davies (66) 
Finance Director

Neil Newman-Shepherd (46)
Managing Director

Tom Lampard (41) 
Property Director 

Experience
Andrew established Lok’nStore 27 
years ago after eight years working 
in the Japanese equity market. 
Andrew is responsible for strategy, 
corporate finance and property.  
He has an MPhil in Economics  
from Cambridge University and  
a BSc in Economics from LSE.

Experience
Ray is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants and a 
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Secretaries and Administrators. 
Prior to joining Lok’nStore in 2004, 
Ray held several senior finance 
positions in listed companies 
in the construction, health and 
fitness sectors.

Experience
Neil joined the Lok’nStore Group 
in October 2006 becoming Sales 
Director in November 2015. Prior 
to joining Lok’nStore, Neil gained 
retail experience at Wickes and 
Woolworths plc. Neil is responsible 
for sales, operations, marketing 
and people.

Experience
Tom joined Lok’nStore in March 
2012, and has worked in a 
variety of roles across the Group. 
Since 2017, Tom has worked in 
the Group’s property team, as 
Director of Acquisitions becoming 
Property Director in 2023, where 
he is responsible for sourcing 
and securing land and buildings, 
ensuring planning permissions and 
the eventual construction and fit-out 
of the properties. 

Key Areas of Expertise 
Strategy, corporate finance, 
economics and property.

Key Areas of Expertise 
Finance and accounting, corporate 
reporting, risk management, legal, 
tax and compliance.

Key Areas of Expertise 
Sales, marketing, and human 
resource management.

Key Areas of Expertise 
Property, acquisitions, planning, 
construction, and Managed 
Store services.

DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors is supported by an Assistant Company Secretary who assists the Chair with the setting of 
meeting agendas and provides the information to the Board members prior to the meetings. A procedure to enable 
Directors to take independent professional advice if required has been agreed by the Board and formally confirmed 
by all Directors.

A. Jacobs
R. Davies
N. Newman-Shepherd
T. Lampard 
J. Woyda  C
S. Thomas
R. Holmes 
C. Peal  C
B. Barker 

Chair 
Finance Director
Managing Director
Property Director (Appointed 6 February 2023)
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director (Appointed 14 September 2023)

Following the conclusion of the FY23 audit formalities Jeff Woyda will become Chair of the Audit Committee.

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

C

Chair

Find out more about the Company’s 
committees on page 66. 

62

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
THE BOARD HAS OVER 100 YEARS OF SELF-STORAGE EXPERIENCE

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Jeff Woyda (61) 
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Experience
Jeff joined the Board on 
1 September 2020 as an 
independent Non-Executive 
Director. Jeff, a qualified 
accountant, has held a 
number of senior executive 
positions and is currently 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Chief Operating Officer 
of Clarkson plc, a FTSE 
250 company and the 
world’s leading provider of 
integrated shipping services 
and investment banking 
capabilities to the shipping 
and offshore markets. 

Key Areas of Expertise 
Finance and technology, 
strategic development, 
financial management, 
investor relations and 
corporate governance.

Simon Thomas (63)
Non-Executive Director

Richard Holmes (63)
Non-Executive Director

Charles Peal (68) 
Non-Executive Director

Experience
Richard joined Lok’nStore 
in 2000, having held senior 
marketing and commercial 
roles at Unilever, Boots 
(as Marketing Director and 
Commercial Director) and 
latterly, Specsavers (as 
Group Marketing Director).

Experience
Charles joined Lok’nStore 
in 2007. Charles started his 
career in 1977 at 3i Group, 
the leading UK quoted 
Venture Capital Company. 
He was Chief Executive of 
Legal and General Ventures 
from 1988 to 2000 and has 
served on several boards 
since then.

Experience
Simon joined Lok’nStore in 
1997 following successful 
careers in the publishing and 
finance sectors. He worked 
at Reed International, 
Swiss Bank Corporation, 
Nomura International and 
co-founded the emerging 
markets investment trust 
business at LCF Edmond 
de Rothschild. Simon is 
particularly interested in 
environmental economics 
and natural capital. He is a 
member of Defra’s Council 
for Sustainable Business.

Bridget Barker (65) 
Non-Executive Director 
(appointed 14 September 2023)

Experience
Bridget joined the 
Lok’nStore Board on 
14 September 2023. 
Bridget is an experienced 
lawyer with over 35 years’ 
experience at Macfarlanes, 
a leading City of London law 
firm, latterly as head of the 
Investment Management 
Group. Since leaving, 
Bridget has pursued various 
non-executive roles and 
consulting appointments 
at organisations such as 
Praesidium, Mirabaud 
1819 Advisory Group and 
Mainspring Fund Services.  

Key Areas of Expertise 
Corporate finance and 
environmental performance.

Key Areas of Expertise
Marketing including digital 
marketing and customer 
experience.

Key Areas of Expertise 
Strategy, Capital Markets 
and Fund Management.

Key Areas of Expertise 
Legal, Private Equity and 
Real Estate Funds.

ADVISERS

In addition, the Board is advised by: 

Secretary and Registered Office: Dentons Secretaries Limited, One Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7WS

Nominated Adviser and Brokers: Cavendish Capital Markets Limited, One Bartholomew Close, London, EC1A 7BL

Nominated Adviser and Brokers: Peel Hunt LLP, 100 Liverpool Street, London, EC2M 2AT 

Statutory Auditor: RSM UK Audit LLP, 25 Farringdon Street, London, EC4A 4AB

Registrars: Link Group, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL

Solicitors: Dentons UKMEA LLP, One Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7WS

Solicitors: RWK Goodman LLP, 69 Carter Lane, London, EC4V 5EQ

Solicitors: Russell-Cooke, 2, Putney Hill, London, SW15 6AB

Direct and Indirect Tax Advisors: BDO LLP, 55 Baker Street, London, W1U 7EU

To find out more visit: www.loknstore.com/investors/the-board

63

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsCorporate Governance

Corporate Governance Statement
The Board of Lok’nStore Group plc has always sought to operate the highest level of 
governance standards appropriate to the size and nature of the Company. 

The Group applies the Quoted Companies Alliance’s 
Corporate Governance Code (‘QCA Code’). 

As Chair it is my responsibility to ensure the Company 
complies with the QCA Code and where the Company 
deviates to explain why the Directors believe this to be 
in the best interests of the Company. In this section, we 
demonstrate our Company’s good corporate governance 

structure and, where our practices differ from the 
expectations set by the QCA Code, why they do so. 
You can find more information including our reporting 
directly referenced to the ten principles of the QCA 
Code on the corporate governance page in the investor 
section on our website. These are also summarised 
below and referenced to the relevant content within 
the Annual Report.

QCA Code Principle

Reporting Location

1 Establish a strategy and business  
model which promotes long-term  
value for shareholders

Our business model is set out on page 18 and our strategic objectives and achievements in 
the year are set out on page 20. The principal risks associated with the business model are 
set out in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section on pages 44 to 47.

2 Seek to understand and meet  

shareholder needs and expectations

Under Shareholder Relations on page 71, we discuss how we seek to understand and meet 
shareholder needs and expectations.

Compliant 
With Code

Andrew Jacobs, Chair, is responsible for shareholder liaison. We consider communication 
and shareholder engagement to be high and cite two recent examples:

1) 

2) 

 The retail offer to smaller (retail) investors who were invited to participate in the recent 
Company equity placing via a dedicated REX platform.

 Regular communication with larger institutional shareholders in order to foster and 
achieve greater mutual understanding of respective positions on ESG issues. 

How we work with and take into account wider stakeholder interests is detailed in the 
Environmental and Social section on pages 49 to 59.

3 Take into account wider stakeholder  
and social responsibilities and their 
implications for long-term success

4 Embed effective risk management, 
considering both opportunities and  
threats, throughout the organisation

Our approach to risk management is detailed on page 44 and our principal risks are 
outlined on pages 44 to 47. Our approach to internal control and specifically internal  
audit is set out on page 67.

5 Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, 

The Board structure is reported on pages 62 to 76. 

balanced team led by the Chair

6 Ensure that between them the  

Directors have the necessary up-to-date 
experience, skills, and capabilities

7 Evaluate Board performance based  
on clear and relevant objectives,  
seeking continuous improvement

8 Promote a corporate culture that is  

based on ethical values and behaviours

Our committees are detailed in this section of the Annual Report but can also be found on 
our website: https://www.loknstore.co.uk/investors/

The Directors maintain their knowledge through a combination of reading of technical and 
market bulletins.

We strive to maintain an overall balance of experience, skills, and knowledge to ensure the 
Board operates effectively and to create long-term sustainable value for the Group and its 
shareholders.

Our Directors’ biographies can be found on pages 62 to 63 and further information on 
the balance of skills and capabilities within our Board can be found in the commentary on 
Board Evaluation on page 70.

We set out this year’s information in the Corporate Governance section on page 70.

The Board of Lok’nStore have embedded a culture which is professional, open and 
customer focused. This underpins our core strategy and objective of growth, both through 
increased occupancy of existing sites and through the opening of new Landmark stores. 
Our culture drives the experience of the customer, ensuring that they receive a high quality 
service which then leads to repeat business/referrals via word of mouth/positive google 
reviews etc. 

Please see our Environmental and Social matters on pages 49 to 59.

9 Maintain governance structures and 

Please see the Corporate Governance section from page 61.

processes that are fit for purpose and 
support good decision-making by the Board

10 Communicate how the Company  
is governed and is performing by 
maintaining a dialogue with shareholders 
and other relevant stakeholders

64

Please see the Corporate Governance section, specifically page 71.

Results of voting at our AGMs can be found on the announcements page of our website: 
https://www.loknstore.co.uk/investors/announcements/

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Our Governance Structure

THE BOARD
Typically meets at least 5 times a year, Chair: Andrew Jacobs
•  Leading role in determining the composition and structure of the Board (with Remuneration Committee acting as Nomination Committee)

•  Incentivising, managing and mentoring the Senior Executive Management team

•  Setting the strategic direction and main goals of the business

•  Approving significant changes to the Group’s business model

•  Setting the standards, culture and values of the Group

•  Overseeing the internal control system of the Group and its risk management

•  Approving the annual business plan for the Group 

•  Approving site and store acquisitions and major items of capital expenditure

•  Approving the Group’s financing structure

•  Ensuring a positive dialogue with our stakeholders is maintained

•  Creating and maintaining the conditions necessary for overall individual director engagement

•  Managing relations and ensure effective communication with shareholders

Environmental Committee

Meets quarterly, 
chaired by Andrew Jacobs

•  Monitoring sustainability performance

•  Overseeing the Group’s environmental 
targets, commitments and strategy

•  Providing guidance on emerging 
environmental issues, including  
environmental risks, and their impact  
on the Group’s business

•  Overseeing the Group’s ESG reporting, 
including external audit/assurance 
mechanisms

See page 51 for more information

Remuneration Committee

Meets once a year,  
chaired by Jeff Woyda

Audit Committee

Meets three times a year,  
chaired by Charles Peal

•  Setting, reviewing and recommending  
the policy on the remuneration of the  
Executive Directors

•  Overseeing the senior management team 
and Company wide remuneration approach

•  Monitoring the implementation of the 
Remuneration policy

•  Overseeing the alignment of reward, 
incentives, and culture

•  Considers proposals from the Chair on the 
remuneration of the operational management 
team especially in relation to bonus 
share option awards under the long-term 
performance-related pay schemes

See page 66 for more information

•  Monitoring the integrity of the financial 
statements any formal announcements 
relating to the group’s financial performance 
and reviewing significant financial reporting 
judgements thereto

•  Reviewing the Group’s internal control and 
risk management systems, together with 
the relationship with the Group’s external 
auditor and the review of the Group’s financial 
reporting and internal controls

•  Consider the Auditor’s Findings Report and 
any corresponding recommendations

•  Assess and provide necessary challenge to 
estimates and judgements contained within the 
financial statements including, but not limited 
to, discussion and review the findings  
of the external JLL Valuation Report prior  
to the Group’s year-end results

•  The committee would also convene prior  
to the Group’s interim financial results and  
at other times should it be necessary

See page 66 for more information

EXECUTIVE BOARD COMMITTEE
Chaired by Andrew Jacobs 
Meets monthly

•  Considers: Management Accounts, Store Operations and Performance, Human Resources 

•  Implementing the Group’s business plan and strategy

•  Managing the risk of the business

•  Focusing on financial performance

See page 44 for more information

Property Committee

Meets Weekly, Chaired by Andrew Jacobs

Property Risk Committee

Meets Periodically 

Considers:  
Sites under Development and New Acquisitions 

Considers:  
Risks Associated with Properties including HSE

65

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsCorporate Governance continued

The Board Committees 
The following section introduces the Group’s 
committees, members and the terms of reference.

The Audit Committee also undertakes a formal 
assessment of the auditor’s independence each year, 
which includes:

Nomination Committee 
A Nomination Committee would oversee the appointment 
of a new Director. Due to the relatively small size of the 
Company, the Board does not believe that a Nomination 
Committee is necessary. In the event of a proposal to 
appoint a new Director, this is discussed at a full Board 
meeting with each member being given the opportunity 
to meet the individual concerned prior to any formal 
decision being taken. Each member of the Board is 
subject to the re-election provisions of the Articles of 
Association, which require them to offer themselves  
for re-election at least once every three years. 

Remuneration Committee
The Executive Directors’ remuneration consists of a 
package of basic salary, bonuses and share options, 
which are linked to corporate achievements and these 
levels are determined by the Remuneration Committee. 
Performance-related bonuses are calculated in 
accordance with strict and measurable performance 
criteria. There are no specific performance conditions 
relating to the historic grant of share options beyond 
the share price performance. There are appropriate 
performance criteria which apply for the grant of future 
share options to Directors and senior managers in 
the business as part of their participation in long-term 
performance awards, in order to meet the objectives 
of the business and accord with accepted corporate 
governance. The details of each Director’s remuneration 
are set out in note 8 in the financial statements and in  
the Remuneration Report on page 77. 

Audit Committee
The Company has an Audit Committee, to whom  
the external auditor, RSM UK Audit LLP, reports.  
The Committee consists of Charles Peal (Chair of the 
Committee) and Jeff Woyda and has recently been 
joined by Bridget Barker. Charles Peal is the Committee’s 
Nominated Financial Expert and for details of Charles’ 
experience please see his biography on page 63. The 
Committee is responsible for the relationship with the 
Group’s external auditor and the review of the Group’s 
financial reporting and internal controls.

•  a review of non-audit services provided to the Group 
and related fees ensuring that only those services 
provided by the Ethical Standard of the FRC are 
permitted

•  discussion with the auditor of a written report 

detailing all relationships with the Company and any 
other parties that could affect independence or the 
perception of independence

•  a review of the auditor’s own procedures for ensuring 
the independence, objectivity and effectiveness of the 
audit process, and the partners and team members 
involved in the audit, including the regular rotation of 
the audit partner every five years

•  obtaining written confirmation from the auditor that, in 
their professional judgement, they are independent of 
the Group.

An analysis of the fees payable to the external audit firm 
in respect of both audit and non-audit services during  
the year is set out in note 7 to the financial statements.

The Committee is satisfied that the external auditor 
remains independent in the discharge of their audit 
responsibilities. The Board will continue to review the 
Company’s corporate governance and annual reporting 
against the QCA Code and to implement appropriate 
systems in order to support the Directors in executing 
their responsibilities to all of the Company’s stakeholders.

The Audit Committee is required to report its findings to 
the Board identifying any matters on which it considers 
that action or improvement is needed and make 
recommendations on any steps to be taken.

This year, the Committee has continued to focus on 
the narrative reporting and governance disclosures 
contained in the Annual Report and to ensure that it 
represents a fair, balanced and understandable picture 
of the Group’s performance, strategy, viability and 
business model. 

66

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023The Audit Committee and  
Critical Matters of Judgement
The Committee focuses on matters it considers 
important and where there is a high degree of complexity 
and/or judgement. A particular example is the valuation 
of the Group’s trading properties. This is carried out 
by external valuers, but by its nature is subjective with 
significant judgement applied to the Valuation. The Audit 
Committee members meet with the external valuers, the 
auditors, the Managing Director and the Finance Director 
to discuss and review the key judgements. This review 
included challenge on assumptions made on stabilised 
occupancy, exit yields and discount rates, revenue and 
occupancy growth. 

Management also have processes in place to review the 
external valuations. In addition, the external auditors use 
separate valuation specialists to review the Valuations 
prepared by the Group’s external valuer. 

Non-Audit Work
The Committee’s policy, reflecting the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard on Non-Audit services is that the Group’s 
auditors will not be commissioned to undertake non-
audit work. More generally, the external auditors may 
not provide services, which places them in a conflict-
of-interest position in relation to their statutory audit 
work. Such activities will include financial system design, 
tax compliance and advisory services, etc. A list of the 
advisors is set out on page 63, noting the separation  
of accountant’s responsibilities between audit (RSM)  
and direct and indirect tax work (BDO).

Risk Management and Internal Control
The Committee and the Board reviewed the internal 
control processes of the business and the Group’s Risk 
Register during the year. The risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group are considered in the Strategic Report 
on pages 44 to 47. 

Overview
Based on all of the above, the Committee has concluded 
that, taken as a whole, the disclosures contained 
in the Annual Report provide a fair, balanced and 
understandable picture for shareholders to assess 
the Group’s performance, strategy, viability and 
business model. 

The Chair of the Audit Committee will be available at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting on 7 December 
2023, to answer any questions about the work of  
the Committee.

Internal Control
The Board is responsible for ensuring that the Group has 
established and operates a system of internal control. In 
this context, internal control is defined as those policies 
and processes established to ensure that business 
objectives are achieved cost effectively, assets and 
shareholder value are safeguarded, and laws, regulations 
and policies are complied with. Controls can provide 
reasonable but not absolute assurance that risks are 
identified and adequately managed to achieve business 
objectives and to minimise material errors, losses and 
fraud or breaches of laws and regulations.

The Group operates a strict system of internal financial 
control, which is designed to ensure that the possibility 
of misstatement or loss is kept to a minimum. There is 
a comprehensive system in place for financial reporting 
and the Board receives a number of reports to enable 
it to carry out these functions in the most efficient 
manner. These procedures include the preparation of 
management accounts, forecast variance analysis and 
other ad hoc reports. There are clearly defined authority 
limits throughout the Group.

The Group continues to develop the internal audit 
function utilising operational management to make 
unannounced store visits as part of a process supported 
by audit control checklists and other procedures. This 
undertaking has contributed to sales by promoting 
efficient store management, but also addresses risk and 
credit control, cash and store banking, and space and 
customer management. 

The internal audit checks are designed to ensure any 
fraud or mismanagement is quickly identified. The 
Group has a whistle-blowing procedure within its 
employee handbook, which is issued to all colleagues. 
All colleagues may raise concerns about malpractice or 
improper or potentially illegal behaviour in confidence 
without concern of victimisation or disciplinary action.

67

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsCorporate Governance continued

The Board
Four Executive Directors and Four Non-Executive Directors

Meets:

Considers:

Receives:

Meets regularly throughout 
the year (nine times in the 
current year). See page 70  
for table recording Board 
attendance.

•  Financial strategy

•  Detailed management accounts against budgets

•  Company performance 

•  A current trading appraisal

•  Major investments

•  Minutes of all subcommittees 

•  Capital resources 

•  The Risk Register

•  Risk management

•  The Conflicts Register

•  Reporting to shareholders

The Directors
Following the appointment of Tom Lampard on 
6 February 2023, the Board consists of four Executive 
Directors and five Non-Executive Directors. The expertise 
of the Directors covers Company Law, Corporate 
Finance, Economics, Finance and Accounting, Corporate 
Reporting, Risk Management, Tax and Compliance, 
Marketing, Operations, Property Law and Strategy. 

Activities 
The Non-Executive Directors provide considerable 
support to the Chair and while much of this is via informal 
meetings, telephone calls and email correspondence, 
the Non-Executive Directors also lend their expertise and 
experience to other members of the management team. 

Accountability and Audit
The Board believes that the audited Annual Report 
and Accounts plays an important part in presenting all 
shareholders with an assessment of the Group’s position 
and prospects. The Strategic Report contains a detailed 
consideration of the Group’s position and prospects.

Conflicts of Interest
The Directors have a responsibility to act in the best 
interests of the Group and its shareholders and in 
keeping with this responsibility it is imperative that 
Directors are aware of and properly manage potential 
conflicts of interest. 

The table below shows the directorships that the Group 
Directors hold in other Companies and Trusts both inside 
and outside the Group:

Jeff Woyda
Clarkson (Trustees) Limited
Clarkson Capital Limited
Clarkson Dry Cargo Limited
Clarkson Holdings Limited
Clarksons Overseas Shipbroking Limited
Clarkson PLC
Clarkson Property Holdings Limited
Clarkson Research Holdings Limited
Clarkson Research Services Limited
Clarkson Sale and Purchase Limited
Clarkson Shipbrokers Limited
Clarkson Shipbroking Group Limited
Clarkson Tankers Limited
Clarksons Platou Legal Services Limited
Clarksons Structured Asset Finance Limited
H. Clarkson & Company Limited
Halcyon Shipping Limited
International Transport Intermediaries Club Limited –  
(Non-Executive Chair and Director)
J.O. Plowright & Co. (Holdings) Limited
LevelSeas Limited
Maritech Development Limited
Maritech Holdings Limited
Maritech Limited
Maritech Services Limited
Recap Manager Limited (appointed 31/03/2023)
Seafix Limited

68

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Jeff Woyda Overseas Directorships 
Afromar Properties (PTY) Limited
Clarkson Shipping Services Acquisition USA LLC
Clarksons Shipping Services USA LLC
Clarkson Shipping Services India Private Limited
Clarksons Hong Kong Limited
Clarksons Norway AS
Clarksons South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Clarksons Shipping Services USA LLC
Clarksons Singapore Pte. Limited
Clarksons USA Inc.

Directorships held by Jeff Woyda  
in the last five years:
Oilfield Publications Limited
LNG UK PLC
Clarkson Logistics Limited
Clarksons Platou Futures Limited

Overseas directorships held by Jeff Woyda  
in the last 5 years
Bonus Plus Investments Limited
Diligent Challenger Limited
Clarksons Logistics (HK) Limited

Trusteeships held by Jeff Woyda
The Clarkson Foundation CIO
The Clarkson PLC Pension Scheme
J.O. Plowright & Co. (Holdings) Limited Pension and 
Assurance Scheme

Andrew Jacobs 
Andrew Jacobs (UK) Limited 
Andrew Jacobs LLP
Lok’nStore Limited*
The Box Room (Self-Storage) Ltd*

Ray Davies 
Ash Road SS Limited
Davies Elise Consulting Limited 
Lok’nStore Limited*
Lok’nStore Trustee Limited*
ParknCruise Limited*
Semco Engineering Limited*
Semco Machine Tools Limited*
Southern Engineering and Machinery Co. Limited*
The Box Room (Self-storage) Ltd*
Gypsy Moth Storage Limited (formerly Chichester  
Storage Limited)
Broadstairs Storage Limited

Simon Thomas
Lok’nStore Limited* 
Simon Thomas (UK) Limited
Storelab Limited

Richard Holmes
Lok’nStore Limited* 
Lok’nStore Trustee Limited* 
Moorfield Eye Hospital NHS Foundation Trust
The Schiehallion Fund Limited **

Charles Peal
No other directorships 

Tom Lampard
No other directorships

Neil Newman-Shepherd
Lok’nStore Limited*

Bridget Barker
Bridget Barker Services Limited
Heritage Collins Ltd
Mainspring Fund Services Limited
Mainspring Nominees Limited
MSCT Trustee Limited
RAD Commercial Limited
TSO Holdings (UK) Limited
York House (Chelsea) Porter’s Flat Limited

Directorships held by Bridget Barker  
in the last five years:
Hero Inc. Limited
Zedra Fund Managers (Guernsey) Limited

Overseas directorships held by Bridget Barker
Praesidium S.A.
Praesidium Investment Advisers Limited

* 

Lok’nStore Group Companies.

**  Guernsey registered Companies.

69

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsCorporate Governance continued

Conflicts of interest arise where an individual’s personal 
interests or those interests related to legitimate outside 
roles may conflict with the interests of the Group. This 
could, for example, inhibit open discussions or lead to 
a perception that the individual is acting outside of the 
Group’s interests.

It is recognised that conflicts of interest will inevitably 
occur from time to time and that Directors legitimately 
undertake roles outside of the Group. The Board 
therefore believes it is important to be transparent in 
terms of such interests and to ensure they are properly 
recorded and, where necessary, Directors will withdraw 
from decision-making if there is a danger of conflict. 

A register of interests is maintained by the Assistant 
Company Secretary and is circulated to the Directors in 
advance of each Board meeting. Conflicts of interest are 
considered and authorised by the Board as they arise. 

We set out in detail in note 31 Directors’ interests and 
also confirm that there were no reportable related party 
transactions in this financial year. Additionally, in the 
interests of transparency we include items which, while 
not strictly falling within the definition of a related party 
transaction, are still considered matters of interest. We 
therefore report on the Lok’nStore Group plc dividends 
received by all Directors, including Non-Executive Directors, 
and do not consider these to be material business 
relationships which would impair their independence.

Board Evaluation, Composition and Attendance 
Board Attendance during the year is set out in the table below. Meetings have often been a mix of physical attendees 
with occasions when Directors have dialled in via Zoom/Teams in order to participate.

Board Attendance

Total Number of Meetings in 2022-2023 

Board

7 

Executive Directors

Andrew Jacobs

Ray Davies

Neil Newman-Shepherd

Tom Lampard

Non-Executive Directors

Simon Thomas

Charles Peal

Richard Holmes

Jeff Woyda

7

7

7

4

7

7

7

7

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Annual General 

Meeting % Attendance

1

n/a

1

n/a

n/a

n/a

1

n/a

1

1

1

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1

1

1

1

1

1

n/a

1

1

1

1

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Bridget Barker was appointed to the Board on 14 September 2023. 

Tom Lampard attended all four of the Board Meetings subsequent to his appointment during the year.

The 2018 QCA Code expects companies to, ‘evaluate 
Board performance based on clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking continuous improvement’. Our 
Executive Directors are evaluated on a quarterly basis 
via the Company’s senior management review system  
in which objectives are set and performance against 
these objectives is subsequently measured. 

Remuneration is linked to these objectives and may 
include relevant performance targets such as the  
number of new properties acquired or revenue growth. 
Our Non-Executives were evaluated informally within  
this year’s review of our Board composition, and we 
report on this as follows. 

The UK Corporate Governance Code’s requirement is 
that a smaller company should have at least two Non-
Executive Directors that are deemed independent. Three 
of our Non-Executive Directors have served for longer 
than nine years and were therefore no longer deemed 
independent under this Code. However, our adopted 
code, the Quoted Companies Alliance Code, takes a 
more pragmatic approach stating that, ‘length of tenure 
does not automatically affect independence’ and that 
the Board should, ‘make a decision regarding such 
Director’s independence’. 

As part of our review of the Board composition this year 
we looked at the ability of our Non-Executive Directors to 
be objective, the experience each of our Non-Executive 
Directors brings to the business and the contribution they 
have made in the year. 

70

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023We established that the broad range of skills, expertise, 
and attitude amongst the Executive and Non-
Executive Directors includes all the matters that the 
Group deals with – strategy, property, finance, human 
resources, marketing and organisation. Furthermore, 
the long experience of Board Members continues to be 
considered an asset and all express challenges freely 
and robustly. 

In September 2020, we appointed Jeff Woyda, who 
has considerable skills and a wealth of knowledge 
and experience held in senior roles across multiple 
disciplines, to contribute to the Group for its next stage 
of growth. He is our current Senior Independent Non-
Executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee. During this current financial year, we 
have also met with potential Non-Executive Directors 
to explore what expertise they might bring to the 
Board and discussed the balance between new 
experiences, diversity and increasing costs. After 
careful consideration, we concluded that while the 
current composition of the Board remains effective and 
appropriate for the time being, we considered that the 
appointment of an additional Independent Director would 
add value and enable the key Committees of Audit and 
Remuneration to be refreshed. 

After the year-end, the Board was pleased to announce 
the appointment of Bridget Barker who joined the Board 
on 14 September 2023. Bridget joins us with a wealth 
of knowledge and is an experienced lawyer having 
gained over 35 years’ experience at Macfarlanes, a 
leading and well-established City of London law firm, 
where she specialised in investment funds, financial 
services and regulatory legal work with a focus on private 
equity and real estate funds. Latterly, she was Head 
of the Investment Management Group at Macfarlanes. 
Bridget will be appointed to the Company’s Audit and 
Remuneration Committees in the coming year providing 
a second Independent Non-Executive Director on each 
Committee.

When making a Board appointment we interview a 
number of candidates, and we select the best candidate 
for the position. Our firm belief is that we should always 
act in the best interest of shareholders in these matters, 
while of course continuing to recognise that diversity is 
important. 

Although Non-Executive Directors who have served 
over nine years must offer themselves for re-election 
at every Annual General Meeting, and accordingly 
Simon Thomas, Charles Peal and Richard Holmes offer 
themselves for re-election at every AGM, the Group 
nevertheless considers these Non-Executive Directors to 
be independent and therefore compliant with the Code. 

Richard Holmes and Charles Peal’s deep and broad 
experience are important assets to our business and  
the committees they sit on.

Additionally, Tom Lampard, who was appointed to  
the Board in February 2023, will also offer himself for 
election at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 
Bridget Barker who was appointed to the Board on  
14 September 2023, will also offer herself for election  
at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Shareholder Relations
We aim to provide balanced, clear and transparent 
communications which allow our shareholders to 
understand our performance, strategy and prospects. 
Further aiding transparency is the fact that the Group  
has a straightforward capital structure with only one 
class of shares and one bank facility. 

The Directors also meet and discuss the performance 
of the Group with shareholders throughout the year with 
specific schedules to visit institutional investors, analysts 
and the media being held after the announcement of the 
half-year and full-year results. At the AGM, the Board 
gives a presentation of events and progress during the 
year. Attendee shareholders are encouraged to mix and 
engage with the Directors after the formal business of the 
AGM has concluded.

Frequent Regulatory News Service announcements 
(RNS) are made via the London Stock Exchange 
throughout the year keeping all shareholders informed 
about acquisitions, trading conditions, Director dealings, 
etc. Queries raised by a shareholder, either verbally or 
in writing, are promptly answered by whoever is best 
placed on the Board to do so. 

Accounting Dates and Reporting  
Calendar 2023

January

February

April

July

August

H1 Period- End

Pre-close Trading Statement (H1)

Interim Results Announced

Financial Year-End

Pre-close Trading Statement

End October

Preliminary Statement

December

AGM

On behalf of the Board.

Andrew Jacobs

Chair

27 October 2023

71

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ Report

Directors’ Report
The Directors submit their report and the audited 
financial statements of the Company and of the Group for 
the year ended 31 July 2023.

Principal Activity
The principal activity of the Group during the year was 
that of providing self-storage and related services.

Review of the Business and Future 
Developments
A detailed account of the Group’s progress during 
the year and its prospects are set out in the Chair’s 
Statement on pages 4 to 9 and the Strategic Report 
on pages 15 to 47. The key performance indicators are 
set out in the Highlights on page 2 and discussed in 
more detail in the Financial Review on page 34 and the 
Managing Director’s Review on page 21. Commentary 
on financial risk management is included on page 44 and 
disclosures on financial instruments are provided in note 
17. The Carbon energy reporting disclosures have been 
provided in the Environmental Report on pages 49 to 59.

Capital Structure
Details of the authorised share capital, together with 
details of the movements in the Company’s issued  
share capital during the year are shown in note 21.  
The Company has one class of Ordinary Share which 
carry no right to any fixed income. Each share carries the 
right to one vote at General Meetings of the Company.

There are no specific restrictions on the size of the 
holding nor on the transfer of share.

Details of Employee Share Schemes are set out in note 
22 to 25 of the notes to the financial statements and 
details of the shares held by the Company’s Employee 
Benefit Trust are set out in note 28. 

No person has any special rights of control over the 
Company’s share capital and all issued share capital  
is fully paid.

Going Concern
A review of the Group’s business activities, together with 
the matters likely to influence its future development, 
performance and its position in the wider market is set 
out in the Strategic Report. The financial position of the 
Group, its cash flows and borrowing facilities are shown 
in the Statement of Financial Position, Statement of Cash 
Flows and corresponding notes and policies contained 
within the financial statements.

Further information concerning the Group’s objectives, 
policies, its financial risk management objectives as well 
as details of financial instruments and credit and liquidity 
risk are also found in the Strategic Report and in the 
notes to the financial statements (See note 17).

The Directors can report that, based on the Group’s 
budgets and financial projections, which include a 
recognition of the inflationary effect of rising costs and 
the expected impact on the Group, they have satisfied 
themselves that the business is a going concern. 

The Group operates a Revolving Credit Facility of £100 
million. The facility continues to provide funding for future 
Landmark stores to support the Group’s ambitious 
growth plans. The facility is a joint agreement with ABN 
AMRO N.V. and NatWest Bank plc participating equally 
and runs until April 2026. The interest rate is set at the 
Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA) plus a 1.50% 
-1.75% margin based on a Loan to Value covenant test. 
The Group is fully compliant with all bank covenants and 
undertakings and is not obliged to make any repayments 
prior to expiration. Further details are provided in note 18 
(Borrowings). 

The Board has a reasonable expectation that the 
Company and the Group have adequate resources  
and facilities to continue in operational existence for  
the foreseeable future based on Group cash balances  
of £42.1 million, undrawn committed facilities at  
31 July 2023 of £45.6 million and cash generated  
from operations of £15.8 million. 

72

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Directors
The following Directors held office during the year and 
subsequently:

With interest rates rising, this risk per se is increasing, 
however the Executive and the Board monitor this 
position carefully through the Group’s detailed operating 
reports produced on a weekly basis and detailed 
financial and accounting reports produced on a monthly 
basis. The Group’s bank covenant compliance is 
reviewed as part of this process. The Bank’s Senior 
Interest covenant is tested quarterly on a 12-month  
rolling basis.

Executive

A. Jacobs  
(Chair)

R. Davies  
(Finance Director)

The Group is fully compliant with all bank covenants and 
undertakings and is not obliged to make any repayments 
prior to expiration. The financial statements are therefore 
prepared on a going concern basis.

N. Newman-Shepherd 
(Managing Director)

T. Lampard  
(Property Director)

Non-Executive

J. Woyda  
(Senior Non-Executive)

S. Thomas  
(Non-Executive)

R. Holmes  
(Non-Executive)

C. Peal  
(Non-Executive)

B. Barker  
(Non-Executive) –  
Appointed 14 September 2023

Dividend 
The Directors propose that a final dividend of 13.25 
pence per share will be paid to the shareholders (2022: 
12.25 pence per share). The total annual dividend payout 
of 19.00 pence represents a 10.14% increase (2022 
17.25 pence). The total estimated dividend to be paid 
is £4.34 million based on the number of shares in issue 
at 13 October 2023 as adjusted for shares held in the 
Employee Benefit Trust. This is subject to approval by 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on  
7 December 2023 and has not been included as a  
liability in these financial statements. The ex-dividend 
date will be 23 November 2023; the record date  
24 November 2023; with an intended payment date 
of 5 January 2023. The final deadline for Dividend 
Reinvestment Election (DRIP) is 8 December 2023.

From April 2018, dividend tax credits have been  
replaced by an annual tax-free allowance on dividend  
income across an individual’s entire share portfolio.  
Above this threshold tax is paid by reference to their  
individual tax bracket and personal circumstances. It is  
the shareholder’s responsibility to include all dividend 
income when calculating their tax liability. Lok’nStore  
will continue to provide confirmations of the dividends  
it has paid to registered shareholders.

Events after the Reporting Date
Reportable events after the reporting date are set out in 
note 34 in the financial statements. 

Details of the interests of the Directors in the shares 
of the Company are set out below and details of their 
remuneration are disclosed in note 8 of the financial 
statements. Biographical details of the Directors are set 
out on pages 62 to 63.

Reappointment of Directors
Richard Holmes and Charles Peal who have over 19 
and 16 years tenure respectively as Non-Executives 
are required to offer themselves for re-election at every 
AGM and accordingly offer themselves for re-election 
at the next AGM. Simon Thomas by virtue of his 
accumulated tenure both as an Executive and a Non-
Executive Director also offers himself for re-election at 
the next AGM.

Andrew Jacobs and Jeff Woyda now retire by rotation 
and offer themselves for re-election. Tom Lampard, 
appointed during this financial year, also offers himself  
for election at the forthcoming AGM.

Bridget Barker, who was appointed as an additional 
independent Non-Executive Director of the Company 
on 14 September 2023, is required to offer herself up 
for reappointment in accordance with Article 103 of the 
Company’s Articles of Association.

The biographical details of Bridget are set out on page 
63 of this Report.

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance
A qualifying third-party indemnity provision for the benefit 
of the Directors and Officers of the Company and its 
subsidiaries throughout the financial year and as at the 
date of approval of the Directors’ Report.

73

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ Report continued

Substantial Shareholdings 
The Directors have been notified or are aware that the following are interested in 3% or more of the issued Ordinary 
Share capital of the Company as at 13 October 2023:

Current 
Rank

% at  

13 Oct 2023

Number of 
Shares

Total Shares  

% at  

in Issue

15 Oct 2022

Number of 
Shares

Total Shares  

in Issue

Andrew Jacobs

Canaccord Genuity Wealth 
Management (inst)

Investec Wealth & Investment

BlackRock

Simon Thomas

Hargreaves Lansdown

Interactive Investor

1

2

3

4

5

8

9

12.06

3,953,600

17.34

5,203,600

7.93

2,598,000

7.70

2,523,764

6.79

2,224,156

3.91

1,282,800

3.10

1,015,764

3.07

1,006,161

9.02

2,706,550

7.36

5.07

4.77

3.04

3.36

2,207,997

1,552,510

1,430,000

912,593

1,007,354

Represents total shares in issue 

32,769,563

30,008,099

As at 13 October 2023, the Board of Directors either directly or indirectly hold 20.8% of the total issued share capital 
of the Group and 20.8% of the Voting shares of the Group.

Group Director Shareholdings as at 31 July 2023

A. Jacobs

S. Thomas

R. Davies

R. Holmes

C. Peal

N. Newman-Shepherd

J. Woyda

T. Lampard

Total

Notes

1 and 3

2, 4 and 5

6

8

7 and 9

10

Number of 
Ordinary Shares: 
Beneficial

Number of 
Ordinary Shares: 
Non-Beneficial

Percentage 
held

3,953,600

1,292,800

81,807

279,606

318,816

30,739

2,419

100

95,600 

12.36%

17,589

180,485

1,988

3.95%

0.25%

0.91%

1.52%

0.10%

0.01%

0.00%

5,959,887

295,662

19.09%

74

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
Major Shareholders

Andrew Jacobs

Shares held by Andrew Jacobs LLP

Shares held by Andrew Jacobs’ wife, daughters and son

Shares held by his pension fund 

Andrew Jacobs and connected persons

Simon Thomas

Shares held by Simon Thomas LLP

Shares held by his pension fund

Rhys Warren-Thomas – Simon Thomas’ brother (Note 1)

Simon Thomas and connected persons

Total Ordinary Shares held by Major Shareholders

*  Rounded to two decimal places.

Market Valuation of Freehold Land  
and Buildings
The changes in property, plant and equipment during 
the year and details of property valuations at 31 July 
2023 are shown in note 12(a) to the Financial Statements. 
Further commentary on the property portfolio is contained 
in the Property Review on page 28 and in the Financial 
Review on page 40. 

Share Buy-back Authority
Authority will be sought at the Company’s AGM on 
7 December 2023 from shareholders to approve a 
share buy-back authority. The buy-back authority will 
only be exercised in circumstances where the Directors 
regard such purchases to be in the best interests of 
shareholders as a whole.

Statement of Disclosure of Information to 
the Auditor
The Directors who were in office at the date of approval 
of these financial statements have confirmed that, as far 
as they are aware, there is no relevant audit information 
of which the auditor is unaware. Each of the Directors 
has confirmed that they have taken all the steps that 
they ought to have taken as Directors in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that it has been communicated to the auditor.

Number of 
Ordinary Shares

Percentage 
Held*

3,953,600

95,600

310,350

4,359,550

1,292,800

253,390

57,319

1,603,509

5,963,059

12.07

0.29

0.95

13.30

3.95

0.77

0.18

4.89

18.20

Stakeholder Engagement
Effective engagement with stakeholders at Board 
level and throughout our business is crucial to fulfilling 
the Group’s strategic objectives. We continue to be 
collaborative with all stakeholder groups including 
customers, colleagues, suppliers, local authorities, 
regulators, funders and investors. This approach 
necessarily involves listening to and taking account of their 
views and feedback, while also being open to change.

Colleague Consultation 
The Group seeks to ensure our teams are committed to 
our objectives in a number of ways. Strategic changes 
are communicated directly to all colleagues who 
are encouraged to address queries to the Executive 
Directors. There are regular team meetings at store level 
to provide team members with information about the 
performance of, and initiatives in their stores. A wide 
range of information is also communicated across the 
Group’s intranet, including dissemination of the Group’s 
financial results and press releases, and regular updates 
from each department. 

Colleagues are encouraged to participate in the Group’s 
performance through colleague share schemes and 
performance related bonuses. 53% of eligible employees 
participate in the Group’s SIP Share Save Scheme.

75

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsBribery and Corruption
The Group adheres to a range of policies, which include 
anti-bribery and corruption. Our bribery policy, including 
corruption, has been reviewed with no changes made. 
This has been signed off by the Group Managing 
Director. 

Political Contributions
The Group made no political contributions during the 
year (2022: nil).

Corporate Governance
The Group’s statement on Corporate Governance can be 
found in the Corporate Governance Report on pages 61 
to 87. The Corporate Governance Report forms part of 
the Directors’ Report and is incorporated into it by  
cross-reference.

Annual General Meeting
The Board considers the Annual General Meeting an 
important opportunity to present to shareholders the 
Company’s performance and intends to hold its Annual 
General Meeting at 5.30 pm on 7 December 2023 
to be held at the offices of Cavendish Financial, One 
Bartholomew Close, London EC1A 7BL. 

Auditor
A resolution to reappoint RSM UK Audit LLP as auditor 
will be put to the members at the Annual General 
Meeting. A formal notice together with explanatory 
circular and Form of Proxy will be sent to shareholders.

On behalf of the Board.

Ray Davies

Finance Director

27 October 2023

Directors’ Report continued

Non-Discrimination
The Group’s recruitment policy is committed to promote 
equality, judging neither by race, nationality, religion, age, 
gender, disability, sexual orientation, nor political opinion 
and to treat all stakeholders fairly. 

In the event of a team member becoming disabled,  
every effort is made to ensure their employment with  
the Group continues, reasonable adjustments are made, 
and that appropriate training is arranged. It is the policy 
of the Group that the training, career development and 
portion of disabled persons should, as far as possible,  
be identical to that of other team members. 

Human Rights 
Lok’nStore is a Company that respects human rights 
and aims to provide assurance to internal and external 
stakeholders that we are committed to human rights  
and the principles of the universal declaration of  
human rights. 

We are committed to creating and maintaining a positive 
and professional work environment that reflects and 
respects the basic rights of freedom to lead a dignified 
life, free from fear or want, and where stakeholders 
are free to express their independent beliefs. Our 
employment policies and practices reflect a culture 
where decisions are made solely on the basis of 
individual capability and potential in relation to the needs 
of the business. 

Modern Slavery 
The Group is committed to ensuring that there is no 
modern slavery or human trafficking in our supply chains 
or in any part of our business. Lok’nStore has not at 
this time reached the hurdle for the requirement to 
publish a Modern Slavery Compliance Statement but it 
recognises its responsibilities in this area. To that end, 
we propose to further develop our due diligence process 
for identifying modern slavery. If we become aware that 
any of our suppliers have modern slavery or human 
trafficking related issues, we will address those situations 
as appropriate. We will further review our business terms 
to ensure that they reflect our commitment to operating 
our business in a responsible and ethical way, including 
by developing a code of conduct that we will require our 
suppliers to adhere to.

76

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Remuneration Report

Remuneration Report
Although the Group is not required to set out a 
formal Remuneration Report, we set out below the 
key components of the Directors’ remuneration in 
accordance with AIM Rule 19.

Base Salary: Provides competitive fixed remuneration 
to retain key team members and reflect their level of 
skill, experience and expertise, scope of responsibilities 
and performance in the context of the role and set by 
reference to the market but taking into account business 
performance, economic climate, market conditions and 
inflation. The base salary is normally set annually and 
effective from 1 August.

Annual and Monthly Bonuses: Aligns reward to 
key Group strategic objectives and drives short-term 
performance against the Group’s business plan for each 
financial year. Revenue growth from the trading business 
and strategic growth through the growth in the number  
of stores/sites are the key drivers of the Annual Bonus. 

Long Term Incentive Plans: Following strict 
performance criteria aligns Executive Director interests 
with those of shareholders and rewards achievement of 
the long-term plan. The awards are granted subject to 
performance conditions to be met over a performance 
period of five years. (See below and note 24(b) and 24(c) 
of the financial statements for details of the Schemes). 
Certain senior managers who are in a position to 
significantly influence the performance of the Group  
also participate in the Schemes.

All Employee Scheme: The Group operates an HMRC 
approved Share Incentive Plan (SIP). This encourages 
share ownership by all team members and allows 
them to share in the long-term success of the Group. 
R. Davies, N. Newman-Shepherd and T. Lampard, 
Executive Directors, also participate in this scheme.

Pension Entitlements: The Group pays pension 
contributions into the Executive Directors’ personal 
pension plans calculated at 4% of base salary. The Group 
does not participate in any defined benefit scheme.

Other Benefits: The benefits reported in the table below 
all relate to medical insurance premiums paid on behalf 
of the Directors. An additional benefit is Death in Service 
Insurance typically at four times basic salary. The Group 
recently introduced a comprehensive non-contributory 
Employee Assistance Program for all employees which 
has a death in service life insurance at four times base 
salary for all colleagues, combined with an associated 
package of benefits, such as direct access to a GP and 
availability of confidential counselling services, as well as 
access to a range of online tools covering tax and legal 
advice, childcare, fitness and personal coaching advice. 
The Executive Directors participate in this scheme.

Service Contracts: Executive Directors’ service 
contracts operate on a rolling basis without a specific 
end-date providing for up to one year’s notice on the 
part of the Company and six months’ notice on the part 
of the Director. Non-Executive Directors do not have 
service contracts with the Company but rather their 
appointments are governed by letters of appointment.

77

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsRemuneration Report continued

Directors’ Remuneration

Directors’ 
Remuneration 2023

Salary 
£

Bonuses 
£

Benefits 
£

Sub Total 
£

Pension 
£

Executive:

A. Jacobs

R. Davies

235,035

182,792

N. Newman-Shepherd

102,397

T. Lampard#

32,099

Non-Executive:

J. Woyda

S. Thomas

R. Holmes

C. Peal

31,345

25,075

25,075

25,075

32,250

20,627

70,715

20,417

–

–

–

–

8,235

5,587

2,912

1,253

–

5,914

–

–

275,520

209,006

176,024

53,769

31,345

30,989

25,075

25,075

–

7,312

4,096

1,284

–

–

–

–

Gains on 
Share 
Options 
£

–

326,687

30,222

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
£

275,520

543,005

210,342

55,053

31,345

30,989

25,075

25,075

658,893

144,009

23,901

826,803

12,692

356,909

1,196,404

Directors’ 
Remuneration 2022

Salary 
£

Bonuses 
£

Benefits 
£

 Sub Total 
£

Pension 
£

Gains on 
Share 
Options 
£

Total 
£

Executive:

A. Jacobs

R. Davies

223,842

174,087

N. Newman-Shepherd

97,521

Non-Executive:

J. Woyda

S. Thomas

R. Holmes

C. Peal

E. Luker

27,364

23,881

23,881

9,950

23,881

146,500

49,287

100,523

–

–

–

–

–

7,387

5,587

2,793

–

5,570

–

–

–

377,729

228,961

200,837

27,364

29,451

23,881

9,950

23,881

–

1,360,277

1,738,006

6,963

3,901

456,995

692,919

11,058

215,796

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

27,364

29,451

23,881

9,950

23,881

604,407

296,310

21,337

922,054

10,864

1,828,330

2,761,248

#  Tom Lampard, the Group’s Property Director, joined the Board of Directors of the Group with effect from 6 February 2023.

The highest paid Director received contributions during the year of £7,312 (2022; £nil). The benefits in kind all relate 
to medical insurance premiums paid on behalf of the Directors. The number of Directors to whom retirement benefits 
are accruing under money purchase pension schemes in respect of qualifying service is two (2022: two).

78

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023The following table shows a summary of the options held by Directors under all schemes. Refer to notes 22 to 25  
for details.  

2023

Executive Directors

A. Jacobs – Unapproved

A. Jacobs – PPP (2018)

A. Jacobs – PPP (2023)

A. Jacobs – total

R. Davies – Unapproved

R. Davies – CSOP

R. Davies – PPP (2018) 

R. Davies – PPP (2023) 

R. Davies total

N. Newman – Unapproved

N. Newman – CSOP

N. Newman – PPP (2018)

N. Newman – PPP (2023)

N. Newman total

T. Lampard – Unapproved

T. Lampard – CSOP

T. Lampard – PPP (2018) 

T. Lampard – PPP (2023) 

T. Lampard total

All Directors total

2022

Executive Directors

A. Jacobs – Unapproved

A. Jacobs – PPP (2018) 

A. Jacobs – total

R. Davies – Unapproved

R. Davies – CSOP

R. Davies – PPP (2018)

R. Davies total

N. Newman – Unapproved

N. Newman – CSOP

N. Newman – PPP (2018) 

N. Newman-Shepherd total

Total
 at 31 July 
2022

Options 
Granted

Options 
Exercised

Unapproved 
Scheme 

Approved
 CSOP 
Share 
Options

Total
 at 31 July 
2023

–

200,000

–

200,000

181,977

2,941

198,236

–

383,154

135,599

8,182

299,422

–

443,203

11,840

8,984

250,000

–

270,824

–

–

40,000

40,000

–

–

40,000

40,000

–

–

–

60,000

60,000

–

–

60,000

60,000

–

–

–

–

(50,000)

–

–

–

(50,000)

(2,420)

(1,600)

–

200,000

40,000

240,000

131,977

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,941

198,236

40,000

370,213

133,179

– 

– 

299,422

60,000

(4,020)

492,601

–

–

–

–

–

11,840

–

250,000

60,000

321,840

–

–

2,941

–

6,582

–

–

6,582

–

8,984

–

–

–

200,000

40,000

240,000

131,977

2,941

198,236

40,000

373,154

133,179

6,582

299,422

60,000

499,183

11,840

8,984

250,000

60,000

8,984

330,824

1,297,181

200,000

(54,020)

1,424,654

18,507

1,443,161

Total
 at 31 July 
2021

Options 
Granted

Options 
Exercised

Unapproved 
Scheme 

Approved
 CSOP 
Share 
Options

Total
 at 31 July 
2022

206,087

160,000

366,087

246,977

7,742

160,000

414,719

135,599

8,618

240,000

384,217

–

(206,087)

40,000

40,000

–

(206,087)

–

200,000

200,000

–

(65,000) 

181,977

2,941

38,236

41,177

–

964

59,422

60,386

(7,742)

–

(72,742) 

–

(1,400)

– 

(1,400) 

–

198,236

380,213

135,599

–

299,422

435,021

–

–

–

–

2,941

–

2,941

–

8,182

–

8,182

–

200,000

200,000

181,977

2,941

198,236

383,154

135,599

8,182

299,422

443,203

All Directors total

1,165,023

141,563

(280,229)

1,015,234

11,123

1,026,357

79

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report continued

The grant of options to Executive Directors and senior 
management is recommended by the Remuneration 
Committee based on their contribution to the Group’s 
success. The options vest after two-and-a-half, three or 
five years, subject to the performance criteria attached to 
the options. 

Unapproved Share Options – 2018 Long-
Term Partnership Performance Plan (PPP)
On 2 July 2018, the Group adopted the Company 
Long-Term Partnership Performance Plan (PPP). The 
Plan is a discretionary benefit offered by the Company 
for the benefit of selected key team members including 
Executive Directors. Its main purpose is to increase the 
commitment and interest of colleagues in the Group’s 
long-term business goals and performance through 
share ownership. It contains specific performance 
criteria. Further details are set out in note 24(b) of the 
financial statements. 

Unapproved Share Options – 2023 Long-
Term Partnership Performance Plan (PPP)
In July 2023, the Group adopted a follow-on scheme 
from the 2018 scheme, the former having completed its 
five-year annual award allocation last July 2022. The new 
2023 Company Long-Term Partnership Performance 
Plan (PPP) is also a discretionary benefit offered by the 
Company for the benefit of selected key team members 
including Executive Directors and is similarly constructed 
to its predecessor, albeit with new and challenging 
performance targets. Further details are set out in note 
24(c) of the financial statements. 

Its purpose is to continue to reward the senior 
management for their effort in the achievement of the 
Group’s long-term business goals and performance 
through share ownership. 

On behalf of the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Jeff Woyda 

Richard Holmes

Chairman of the  
Remuneration 
Committee 

Member of the 
Remuneration  
Committee

80

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Strategic Report, the Directors’ Report, 
and the financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group 
and Company financial statements for each financial 
year. The Directors have elected under company law 
and are required by the AIM Rules of the London Stock 
Exchange to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards and have elected under company law to 
prepare the company financial statements in accordance 
with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and 
applicable law.

The Group and Company financial statements are 
required by law and UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards to present fairly the financial position of the 
Group and the Company and the financial performance 
of the Group. The Companies Act 2006 provides in 
relation to such financial statements that references  
in the relevant part of that Act to financial statements 
giving a true and fair view are references to their 
achieving a fair presentation.

Under company law, the Directors must not approve 
the financial statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the 
Group and the Company and of the profit or loss of the 
Group for that period. 

In preparing each of the Group and Company financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

a)  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

b)  make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

c)  state whether they have been prepared in accordance 
with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards 
and;

d) prepare the financial statements on the going concern 
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the 
Group and the Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Group’s and the Company’s transactions 
and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Group and the Company 
and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group and the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of the corporate and financial information 
included on the Lok’nStore Group plc website.

Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

81

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s Report
to the Members of Lok’nStore Group plc

Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Lok’nStore 
Group plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the 
‘group’) for the year ended 31 July 2023 which comprise 
of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, 
the consolidated and company statements of changes 
in equity, the consolidated and company statements of 
financial position, the consolidated statement of cash 
flows and notes to the financial statements, including 
significant accounting policies. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in their preparation is 
applicable law and UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards and, as regards the parent company financial 
statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions 
of the Companies Act 2006.

In our Opinion 
• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of 
the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s 
affairs as at 31 July 2023 and of the group’s profit for 
the year then ended;

• 

the group financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards;

• 

• 

the parent company financial statements have been 
properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards and as applied in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and

the financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006.

Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under those standards are 
further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the 
audit of the financial statements section of our report. 
We are independent of the group and parent company in 
accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities 
and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements. We believe that 
the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Summary of Our Audit Approach

Key audit  
matters

Group
•  Valuation of property, plant  

Parent Company
•  None

Materiality

and equipment – Freehold stores

Group
•  Overall materiality: £755,000  

(2022: £916,000)

Parent Company
•  Overall materiality: £679,000  

(2022: £554,000)

•  Performance materiality: £566,000  

•  Performance materiality: £509,000  

(2022: £687,000)

(2022: £415,000)

Scope

Our audit procedures covered 100% of revenue, 100% of total assets and 100% of profit before tax.

82

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our 
professional judgment, were of most significance in 
our audit of the group and parent company financial 
statements of the current period and include the most 
significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including 

those which had the greatest effect on the overall audit 
strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and 
directing the efforts of the engagement team. These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of 
the group and parent company financial statements as a 
whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Valuation of Property, Plant and Equipment – Freehold Stores

Key audit matter 
description

At 31 July 2023, the fair value of freehold stores was £255.6m (2022: £239.8m). Disclosures in 
respect of the property valuations are included in note 12a) of the financial statements.

How the matter was 
addressed in the audit

Property valuation is inherently subjective in nature and the Group employs external valuers to 
apply professional judgement concerning market conditions and factors impacting the valuation 
of individual freehold properties. 

Fair values are calculated using actual and forecast inputs such as store occupancy, maximum 
lettable area, net revenue by square foot, expenses, forecast expenditure and exit yields by 
property as at 31 July 2023.

The valuation of freehold properties is deemed to be a Key Audit Matter due to the importance 
of these assets to the group’s financial statements, the degree of estimation uncertainty 
inherent in the valuation and the allocation of resource in the audit.

Our approach to auditing the valuations included the following:

•  We evaluated the qualifications, objectivity and independence of those involved in preparing 

the external valuation report.

•  We tested the integrity of the initial information provided to the external valuer through 

agreeing inputs such as actual occupancy, capital expenditure and profitability to underlying 
documentation tested elsewhere in our audit work.

•  We discussed the valuations with the external valuation expert and challenged them on  

key inputs, including the assumed fill-up rate of the portfolio and the stabilised occupancy 
rates used.

•  We utilised an independent auditor’s expert in property valuation to assist the audit team in 

assessing the appropriateness of the methodology used by the external valuer – this included 
reviewing a specific sample of properties within the portfolio.

•  We challenged management on the valuation movement during the year focusing on 

occupancy rates and exit yields.

•  We audited the disclosures relating to the property valuation, including disclosure of the 

critical estimates and judgements by management.

Key Observations

Based on our audit work, we are satisfied that the judgements and assumptions used in arriving 
at the fair value of the freehold properties are appropriate and supported by evidence obtained 
during the course of the audit. 

83

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s Report continued
to the Members of Lok’nStore Group plc

Our Application of Materiality
When establishing our overall audit strategy, we set 
certain thresholds which help us to determine the  
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures. 

When evaluating whether the effects of misstatements, 
both individually and on the financial statements as 
a whole, could reasonably influence the economic 
decisions of the users we take into account the 
qualitative nature and the size of the misstatements. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality as follows:

Overall materiality

£755,000 (2022: £916,000)

£679,000 (2022: £554,000)

Group

Parent company

Basis for determining 
overall materiality

Rationale for benchmark 
applied

5% of Adjusted EBITDA

Benchmark is considered  
to represent the trading 
performance of the business 
and potential return to investors.

2% of gross assets – capped at 90% of group materiality 
(2022: 10% of profit before tax)

Benchmark is considered to represent the value of the 
underlying business.

Performance materiality

£566,000 (2022: £687,000)

£509,000 (2022: £415,000)

Basis for determining 
performance materiality

Reporting of 
misstatements to the  
Audit Committee

75% of overall materiality

75% of overall materiality

Misstatements in excess of 
£38,000 and misstatements 
below that threshold that,  
in our view, warranted reporting 
on qualitative grounds. 

Misstatements in excess of £34,000 and misstatements  
below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting  
on qualitative grounds. 

An Overview of The Scope of Our Audit
The group is deemed to consist of one component which 
provides self-storage solutions. All subsidiaries are based 
in the UK. 

Full scope audit procedures were completed on the 
consolidated and parent company financial statements. 
The scope of our audit covered 100% of revenue, 100% 
of total assets and 100% of profit before tax included in 
the consolidated financial statements and no component 
auditors were used. 

Conclusions Relating to Going Concern 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded 
that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is 
appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment 
of the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting included: 

•  Reviewing management’s going concern assessment 

covering the 12 month period from the date of 
approval of the financial statements 

Subsidiaries that were subject to audit exemption were 
audited to group materiality as part of the audit of the 
consolidated financial statements.

•  Checking the mathematical accuracy of the 

underlying financial model 

•  Assessing management’s sensitivity analysis, 
including considering the impact on bank loan 
covenants 

•  Reviewing covenant compliance calculations, with 
specific consideration to the current increasing 
interest rate movements and market volatility.

•  Reviewing the appropriateness of going concern 

disclosures in the financial statements 

84

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Based on the work we have performed, we have not 
identified any material uncertainties relating to events 
or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast 
significant doubt on the group’s or the parent company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at 
least twelve months from when the financial statements 
are authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the 
directors with respect to going concern are described  
in the relevant sections of this report.

Other Information
The other information comprises the information included 
in the annual report, other than the financial statements 
and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are 
responsible for the other information contained within the 
annual report. Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, except to the 
extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do  
not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements, 
or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit 
or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If 
we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the 
financial statements themselves. If, based on the work 
we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact. 

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on Other Matters Prescribed  
By The Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the 
course of the audit:

• 

• 

the information given in the Strategic Report and the 
Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with 
the financial statements; and

the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have 
been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

Matters on Which We Are Required to  
Report by Exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the 
group and the parent company and their environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified 
material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the 
Directors’ Report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following 
matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by 

the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit 
have not been received from branches not visited by 
us; or

• 

the parent company financial statements are not  
in agreement with the accounting records and 
returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration 

specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit.

85

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s Report continued
to the Members of Lok’nStore Group plc

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities 
statement set out on page 81, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, 
and for such internal control as the directors determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors 
are responsible for assessing the group’s and the 
parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 
going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate 
the group or the parent company or to cease operations, 
or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for The Audit of 
The Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and 
to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in 
the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these financial statements.

The Extent to Which The Audit Was 
Considered Capable of Detecting 
Irregularities, Including Fraud
Irregularities are instances of non-compliance with 
laws and regulations. The objectives of our audit are to 
obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding 
compliance with laws and regulations that have a direct 
effect on the determination of material amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements, to perform audit 
procedures to help identify instances of non-compliance 
with other laws and regulations that may have a material 
effect on the financial statements, and to respond 
appropriately to identified or suspected non-compliance 
with laws and regulations identified during the audit. 

In relation to fraud, the objectives of our audit are to 
identify and assess the risk of material misstatement of 
the financial statements due to fraud, to obtain sufficient 
appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed risks 
of material misstatement due to fraud through designing 
and implementing appropriate responses and to respond 
appropriately to fraud or suspected fraud identified 
during the audit. 

However, it is the primary responsibility of management, 
with the oversight of those charged with governance, 
to ensure that the entity’s operations are conducted in 
accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations 
and for the prevention and detection of fraud.

In identifying and assessing risks of material 
misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud, 
the group audit engagement team: 

•  obtained an understanding of the nature of the 
industry and sector, including the legal and  
regulatory framework that the group and parent 
company operate in and how the group and  
parent company are complying with the legal  
and regulatory framework;

• 

inquired of management, and those charged with 
governance, about their own identification and 
assessment of the risks of irregularities, including  
any known actual, suspected or alleged instances  
of fraud;

•  discussed matters about non-compliance with  
laws and regulations and how fraud might occur 
including assessment of how and where the  
financial statements may be susceptible to fraud.

86

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023The most significant laws and regulations were determined as follows:

Legislation/Regulation

Additional audit procedures performed by the audit engagement team included: 

IFRS/UK-adopted IAS and 
Companies Act 2006

•  Review of the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation;

•  Completion of disclosure checklists to identify areas of non-compliance.

Tax compliance regulations

•  Inspection of any advice received from tax advisors

•  Consideration of whether any matters identified in the audit required reporting to an 

appropriate authority outside of the entity.

The areas that we identified as being susceptible to material misstatement due to fraud were:

Risk

Audit procedures performed by the audit engagement team:

Revenue recognition –  
Cut off and existence

•  Checking the timing of revenue recognised around the year end on a sample basis by 

checking contract start dates to occupancy reports. 

Management override  
of controls 

•  Reconciling revenue recorded in the financial statements to the group’s occupancy 
management system and cash received. We checked a sample of customers from 
the occupancy management system to signed contracts and evidence of customer 
identification checks.

•  Testing a sample of one-off management fees to check that the period in which they were 

recognised aligned with the conditions in the underlying agreement. This sample was 
agreed back to bank statement receipt.

•  Testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments; 

•  Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of 

a potential bias; and

•  Evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside 

the normal course of business.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements is located on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at: http://www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of  
our auditor’s report.

Use of Our Report 
This report is made solely to the company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of 
the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been 
undertaken so that we might state to the company’s 
members those matters we are required to state to  
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than the company 
and the company’s members as a body, for our audit 
work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

David Hough (Senior Statutory Auditor)

For and on behalf of RSM UK Audit LLP,  
Statutory Auditor 

Chartered Accountants 
25 Farringdon Street London 
EC4A 4AB

27 October 2023

87

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements88

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial 
Statements

90  Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income

91  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

92  Company Statement of Changes in Equity

93  Consolidated and Company Statements  

of Financial Position

94  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

95  Accounting Policies

106  Notes to the Financial Statements

142  Glossary

144  Our Stores

CASE STUDY:

PROUD PARTNERS OF 
SCHOOLS AND LOCAL 
COMMUNITIES 
38%

OF STORES HAVE A SCHOOL STORING

Lok’nStore is proud to be the local storage company of choice 
for schools and communities across the UK. We understand that 
space within schools is always at a premium, so we offer a range of 
storage solutions to help schools rationalise their space and focus 
on education. 

As a Group, Lok’nStore is pleased to be the storage partner for 26 schools 
within those communities, for which we store all manner of equipment, 
furniture and archive paperwork for schools, freeing up valuable space  
that can be used for teaching and learning. 

In addition to schools, Lok’nStore stores for hundreds of clubs, societies, 
institutions, not-for-profit organisations, local councils and government 
agencies. We know that customers choose Lok’nStore because of our  
scale as a national service provider, but we also take great care to be a 
friendly face and a reliable partner in the communities in which we operate. 
We are committed to supporting the local communities we serve.

89

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
For the year ended 31 July 2023

Revenue

Total property, staff, distribution, and general costs

Adjusted EBITDA1

Depreciation 

Equity-settled share-based payments 

Non-underlying items

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance cost

Profit before taxation

Income tax expense

Group 
Year ended 
31 July 2023 
£’000

27,147

(12,091)

15,056

(5,690)

(450)

(318)

(6,458)

8,598

665

(2,562)

6,701

(2,009)

Group 
Year ended  
31 July 2022  

£’000

26,902

(10,553)

 16,349

(4,727)

(201)

5,739

811

17,160

42

(1,328)

15,874

(3,796)

Notes

1

2

7

26a

4

5

6

9

Profit for the year attributable to Owners of the Parent

27a

4,692

12,078

Other comprehensive income 

Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss

Fair value movement in property valuation

Deferred tax relating to change in property valuation

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to 
Owners of the Parent 

Earnings per share attributable to owners of the Parent

Basic

Total basic earnings per share

Diluted

Total diluted earnings per share

12

20

11

11

7,819

(1,954)

5,865

60,171

(14,284)

45,887

10,557

57,965

15.90p

41.24p 

15.65p 

40.48p 

1  Adjusted EBITDA is defined in the accounting policies section of the notes to this Report.

90

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 July 2023

Attributable to owners of the Parent

Share 
Capital 
£’000

Share 
Premium 
£’000

Other 
Reserves 
£’000

Revaluation 
Reserve 
£’000

Retained 
Earnings 
£’000

Total 
Equity 
£’000

31 July 2021

298

10,815

9,138

104,736

26,272

151,259

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:

Increase in property valuation net of deferred tax

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Transactions with owners:

Dividend paid

Share-based payments

Transfers in relation to share-based payments 

Deferred tax relating to share options

Exercise of share options

Reserve transfer on disposal of assets

Transfer additional depreciation on revaluation 
net of deferred tax

Total transactions with owners

–

–

–

–

–

 –

–

3

–

–

3

–

–

–

–

–

 –

–

576

–

–

–

–

–

–

201

(180)

(57)

–

–

–

–

12,078

12,078

 45,887

45,887

–

12,078

45,887

57,965

(4,601)

(4,601)

–

–

–

–

–

–

 180

–

–

(20,258)

20,258

(821)

821

201

 –

(57)

579

–

–

576

(36)

(21,079)

16,658

(3,878)

31 July 2022

301

11,391

9,102

129,544

55,008

205,346

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:

Increase in property valuation net of deferred tax

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Transactions with owners:

Dividend paid

Share-based payments

Transfers in relation to share-based payments 

Deferred tax relating to share options

Primary equity placing (gross)

Transaction costs of primary placing

Exercise of share options

Transfer additional depreciation on revaluation 
net of deferred tax

–

–

–

–

–

 –

–

27

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

 –

–

20,473

(889)

160

–

–

–

–

–

450

(47)

(358)

–

–

–

–

Total transactions with owners

28

19,744

45

–

4,692

4,692

5,865

5,865

–

5,865

4,692

10,557

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(5,295)

(5,295)

–

 47

–

–

–

–

450

 –

(358)

20,500

(889)

161

(1,095)

(1,095)

1,095

–

(4,153)

14,569

31 July 2023

329

31,135

9,147

134,314

55,547

230,472

91

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsCompany Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 July 2023

31 July 2021

298

10,815

16,604

2,004

29,721

Share 
Capital 
£’000

Share 
Premium 
£’000

Retained 
Earnings 
£’000

Other 
Reserves 
£’000

Total Equity 
£’000

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners:

Equity settled share-based payments

Transfer in relation to share-based payments

Exercise of share options

Dividends paid

Total transactions with owners

–

–

–

3

–

3

–

–

–

576

–

576

5,756

–

5,756

–

180

–

(4,601)

1,335

201

(180)

–

–

21

201

 –

579

 (4,601)

(1,935) 

31 July 2022

 301

 11,391

 17,939

2,025

 31,656

Profit and total comprehensive income for 
the year

Transactions with owners:

Equity settled share-based payments

Transfer in relation to share-based payments

Primary equity placing

Transaction costs of primary placing

Exercise of share options

Dividends paid

Total transactions with owners

–

–

–

27

–

1

–

28

–

–

–

20,473

(889)

160

–

19,744

6,701

–

6,701

–

47

–

–

–

(5,295)

1,453

450

(47)

–

–

–

–

403

450

 –

20,500

(889)

161

(5,295)

21,628 

31 July 2023

 329

31,135

19,392

2,428

53,284

92

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Consolidated and Company  
Statements of Financial Position
31 July 2023 Company Registration No. 04007169

Assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments

Other receivables

Right of use assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Obligations under lease liabilities

Taxation

Non-current liabilities 

Borrowings

Obligations under lease liabilities

Deferred tax

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to owners of the Parent

Called up share capital

Share premium

Other reserves

Retained earnings 

Revaluation reserve

Total equity

Group 
31 July 2023 
£’000 

 Group 
31 July 2022 
£’000

Company 
31 July 2023 
£’000 

Notes

 Company  
31 July 2022  

Restated
£’000

12a

13

15

12b

14

15

17c

16

19

18

19

20

21

26a

27

314,013

292,848

–

–

13,769

327,782

145

2,585

42,132

44,862

–

–

10,424

303,272

143

3,988

46,465

50,596

372,644

353,868

(7,180)

(826)

– 

(8,006)

(54,046)

(13,830)

(66,290)

(134,166)

 (142,172)

230,472

329

31,135

9,147

55,547

134,314

230,472

(7,229)

(1,612)

(989)

(9,830)

(66,196)

(9,282)

(63,214)

(138,692)

(148,522)

205,346

301

11,391

9,102

55,008

129,544

205,346

–

3,321

42,963

–

46,284

–

7,000

–

7,000

53,284

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,871

22,785

–

25,656

–

6,000

–

6,000

31,656

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

53,284

31,656

329

31,135

2,428

19,392

–

53,284

301

11,391

2,025

17,939

–

31,656

As permitted by section 408 Companies Act 2006, the Parent Company’s statement of comprehensive income has 
not been included in these financial statements. The profit and comprehensive income for the year ended 31 July 
2023 was £6.7 million (2022: £5.8 million).

Approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 27 October 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Andrew Jacobs  

Chair 

Ray Davies

Finance Director

93

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 31 July 2023

Operating activities

Cash generated from operations

Income tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Investing activities

Proceeds of sale & manage-back stores

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

Interest received

Net cash generated by investing activities

Financing activities

Proceeds of bank borrowings utilised for store development and bank refinancing

Repayment of bank borrowings

Finance costs paid

Lease liabilities paid

Primary equity placing (net of placing costs)

Equity dividends paid

Proceeds from exercise of share options

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase/in cash and cash equivalents in the year

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

Notes

29a

12a

Group  
Year ended  
31 July 2023 
£’000 

Group 
Year ended  
31 July 2022  

£’000

15,815

(1,960)

13,855

–

(15,803)

665

15,138

–

(12,386)

(3,324)

(1,817)

19,611

(5,295)

161

(3,050)

(4,333)

46,465

42,132

18,569

(1,060)

17,509

37,922

(11,961)

13

25,974

1,386

–

(1,741)

(1,746)

–

(4,601)

579

(6,123)

37,360

9,105

46,465

No statement of cash flows is presented for the Company as it had no cash flows in either year.

94

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Accounting Policies

General Information
Lok’nStore Group plc is an AIM listed company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The address of 
the registered office is One Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7WS, UK. Copies of this Annual Report and Accounts may 
be obtained from the Company’s Head Office at 112 Hawley Lane, Farnborough, Hants, GU14 8JE or the investor 
section of the Company’s website at http://www.loknstore.co.uk. The principal activities of the Group and the nature 
of its operations are described in the Strategic Report. 

Basis of Accounting
The financial statements for the year ended 31 July 2023 have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the UK Endorsement Board and with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards.

The Group has applied all accounting standards and interpretations issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board and International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee applicable to companies reporting 
under UK adopted IFRS relevant to its operations and effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 August 
2022. There was no material impact on the adoption of these.

The statutory accounts for the year ended 31 July 2023 will be delivered to the Registrar of Companies following  
the Company’s Annual General Meeting and will be available from the investor section of the Company’s website  
at http://www.loknstore.co.uk.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historic cost basis except that certain trading properties and 
non-current financial assets are stated at fair value.

Standards, Amendments, Improvements & Interpretations Applicable1
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements the following standards, which have not been applied in 
these financial statements, were in issue but not yet effective.

New pronouncement
IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts 

Disclosure of Accounting Policies – Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 

Definition of Accounting Estimates – Amendments to IAS 8

Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – Amendments to IAS 12

International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules – Amendments to IAS 12

Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current and Non-current Liabilities with Covenants – 
Amendments to IAS 1

Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback – Amendments to IFRS 16

Disclosures: Supplier Finance Arrangements – Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7

Effective date* 
1 Jan 2023 

1 Jan 2023 

1 Jan 2023

1 Jan 2023

Note 1

1 Jan 2024

1 Jan 2024

1 Jan 2024

*   Effective for annual periods beginning on or after this date.

1 

 The amendments are effective immediately upon issuance. The disclosure of the current tax expense related to Pillar Two income 
taxes and the disclosures in relation to periods before the legislation is effective are required for annual reporting periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2023, but are not required for any interim period ending on or before 31 December 2023.

The Directors do not anticipate that the adoption of these revised standards, amendments and interpretations  
will have a significant impact on the figures included in the financial statements in the period of initial application.

95

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsAccounting Policies continued

Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by 
the Company (and its subsidiaries) made up to 31 July each year. Control is achieved where the Company has power 
over the investee, exposure, or rights to variable returns from the investee and the ability to use its power to vary 
those returns.

Intra-group transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions between Group companies are 
eliminated on consolidation, except to the extent that intra-group losses indicate an impairment.

Going Concern
The Directors can report that, based on the Group’s budgets and financial projections, which include a recognition 
of the inflationary effect on rising costs, on the Group they have satisfied themselves that the business is a going 
concern. The impact of rising costs and increasing bank interest rates and the measures the Directors have taken  
to mitigate its effects are set out in the Managing Director’s Review on page 21.

The Board has a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources and facilities 
to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future based on Group cash balances and cash equivalents 
of £42.1 million (2022: £46.5 million), undrawn committed bank facilities at 31 July 2023, based on the Group’s 
facility of £100 million, of £45.6 million (2022: £33.2 million – based on £100 million facility), and cash generated from 
operations in the year ended 31 July 2023 of £15.8 million (2022: £18.6 million).

With interest rates rising, interest risk per se is increasing, however the Executive and the Board monitor this position 
carefully through the Group’s detailed operating reports produced on a weekly basis and detailed financial and 
accounting reports produced on a monthly basis.

The Directors continually review and update the Group’s ‘Rolling Forecast Model’ which projects forward for a 
minimum of three years. After taking into account the Group’s operating plan and budget for the year ending  
31 July 2024 and beyond, and reviewing these projected cash flows, applying reasonable sensitivity analysis, 
together with the Group’s available cash balances, borrowing facilities, and potential property valuation movements 
over that period, the Directors consider that the Group has sufficient funds to meet its liabilities and commitments  
as they fall due and for a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of these financial statements.

The Group is fully compliant with all bank covenants and undertakings and is not obliged to make any repayments 
prior to expiration. The financial statements are therefore prepared on a going concern basis.

Revenue Recognition
The Group recognises revenue when the amount of the revenue can be reliably measured and when goods are sold, 
and title has passed. Revenue from services provided is recognised evenly over the period in which the services are 
provided. The opening offer discount of 50% (eight weeks for the price of four) is spread evenly over the term of the 
discount period.

a)  Self-storage revenue

Self-storage revenue is recognised over the period for which the space is occupied by the customer on a time 
apportionment basis. The price at which customers store their goods is dependent on size of unit and store location. 
Customers are invoiced on a four-weekly cycle in advance and revenue is recognised based on time stored to 
date within the cycle. When customers vacate, they are rebated the unexpired portion of their four weekly advance 
payment (subject to a seven-day notice requirement). Revenue is recognised evenly over the period of self-storage.

b)  Retail sales

The Group operates a packaging shop within each of its stores for selling storage-related goods such as boxes, tape 
and bubble-wrap. Sales include sales to the public at large as well as self-storage customers. Sales of goods are 
recognised at point of sale when the product is sold to a customer.

96

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023c)  Insurance

Customers may choose to insure their goods in storage. The weekly rate of insurance charged to customers is 
calculated based on the tariff per week for each £1,000 worth of goods stored by the customer. This charge is retained 
by Lok’nStore and covers the cost of the block policy and other costs. Customers are invoiced on a four-weekly basis 
for the insurance cover they use, and revenue is recognised based on time stored to date within the cycle.

The Group provides insurance to customers through a block policy purchased from its insurer. Block policyholders 
supply VAT exempt insurance transactions as principals rather than insurance-related services as intermediaries and 
accordingly insurance income received from the customer is recognised as revenue rather than offset against the 
costs of the block policy. The key characteristics of a block policy are that:

•  There is a contract between the block policyholder and the insurer which allows the block policyholder to effect 

insurance cover subject to certain conditions.

•  The Group acting in our own name as the block policyholder procures insurance cover for third parties from  

the insurer.

•  There is a contractual relationship between the block policyholder and third parties under which the insurance  

is procured.

•  The block policyholder stands in place of the insurer in effecting the supply of insurance to the third parties.

•  The Group is not exposed to any insured losses arising from its insurance activity and therefore insurance risk.

d)  Management fee income

Management fees earned for managing stores not owned by the Group are recognised over the period for which the 
services are provided. Fees are invoiced monthly based on revenue performance. Additional performance fees may 
be earned if an individual Managed Store’s EBITDA performance exceeds agreed thresholds. Periodic fees may also 
be earned for additional specific services provided and are invoiced when that service has been completed. Revenue 
is recognised for each performance condition once the condition has been met.

Segmental Information
In accordance with the requirements of IFRS 8 Operating Segments, the Group has reviewed its identifiable business 
segments and the information used and provided internally to the Board, which is considered to be the Chief 
Operating Decision Maker, in order to make decisions about resource allocation and performance management. 
Financial information is reported to the Board with revenue and profit analysed between self-storage activity and 
serviced archive and records management activity. All activities arise in the United Kingdom and the Group has 
determined that there is one operating segment.

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)
In addition to International Financial Reporting Standards, (IFRS) accounting performance measures, we use some 
Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) to help us explain to the users of these Financial Statements how the 
underlying business is performing.

Such APMs are Key Performance Indicators for our business and include, for example, Adjusted Store EBITDA,  
Cash Available for Distribution (CAD), Loan to Value (LTV), Adjusted Net Asset Value (NAV) and others.

We identify these measures on page 10 and explain what we mean when we use them and, importantly, why we use 
them. They are intended to supplement and not substitute those financial measures prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Operating Profit
Operating profit is defined as profit after all costs except finance income, finance costs and taxation.

Non-underlying Items
Refers to one-off items of a non-operational nature which arose during the year, and which may relate to asset 
disposals, abortive site acquisition costs, or other costs and which are likely to be material and infrequent events. 
(Refer to note 4 of the Financial Statements).

97

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsAccounting Policies continued

Cashflow 
The parent entity does not hold a bank account and payments made on behalf of the parent entity are made by the 
subsidiary undertaking on direction by the parent. The parent company accounts for this as a non-cash transaction, 
as there is no direct exchange of cash to or from the company and accordingly no parent company cashflow 
statement is presented. 

Taxation
Income tax expense represents the sum of the current tax payable and deferred tax.

Current tax payable or recoverable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported 
in the statement of comprehensive income because some items of income or expense are taxable or deductible in 
different years or may not be taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates 
and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred tax is the tax which may be payable or recoverable in the future arising from the temporary differences 
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases 
used in the computation of taxable profit. It is accounted for using the ‘balance sheet liability method’. Deferred tax is 
provided in full on the differences between the revalued amount of trading property assets carried in the Statement 
of Financial Position and their corresponding tax bases.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised except for when the taxable temporary difference is associated with interests in 
subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures and the timing of the reversal can be controlled and it is probable that the 
temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amounts of deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it  
is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or  
the asset realised, based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to other 
comprehensive income, in which case the tax is also recognised directly in other comprehensive income.  
Deferred tax is recognised directly in equity in relation to depreciation transfers on revalued assets.

Retirement Benefits
The amount charged to profit or loss in respect of pension costs is the contributions payable to money purchase 
schemes in the year. Differences between contributions payable in the year and contributions actually paid are shown 
as either accruals or prepayments in the Statement of Financial Position. There are no defined benefits schemes.

Equity Settled Share-Based Payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain colleagues. These are measured at fair value at 
the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date and therefore the cost of the share-based payment 
to employees is expensed to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the related share 
options. The cost is based on the fair value of the options determined at grant date using the Black-Scholes 
pricing model, which is appropriate given the vesting and other conditions attaching to the options. The charge is 
adjusted to reflect expected and actual levels of vesting. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, 
based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural 
considerations. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments 
expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the 
original estimates, if any, is recovered in the statement of comprehensive income such that the cumulative expense 
reflects the revised estimate with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves. 

98

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023For cash-settled share-based payments, a liability is recognised for the goods or services acquired, measured 
initially at the fair value of the liability. At each balance sheet date until the liability is settled, and at the date of 
settlement, the fair value of the liability is re-measured, with any changes in fair value recognised in the statement  
of comprehensive income for the year. 

Property, Plant and Equipment
Freehold properties are measured at fair value which represents the Group’s assessment of the highest and best 
use of the asset. Gains or losses arising from the changes in fair value of the trading properties are included in Other 
Comprehensive Income for the period in which they arise unless a decrease in fair value exceeds the cumulative 
valuation surplus for a particular asset, in which case the excess is recognised in profit or loss. A comprehensive 
external valuation is performed annually at each reporting date.

Short leasehold improvements, fixtures, fittings and equipment, and motor vehicles are carried at cost less 
accumulated depreciation. Expenditure related to the improvement of the buildings is capitalised and depreciated 
over the remaining period of the lease term.

Assets in the course of construction and land held for development of new stores (development property assets) 
are carried at cost, less any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation of these assets (excluding land) commences 
when the assets are ready for their intended use.

Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment other than freehold land and development property assets 
at rates calculated to write each asset down to its estimated residual value evenly over its expected useful life as follows:

Freehold property

over 50 years straight line

Long leasehold property

over unexpired lease period or renewal term

Short leasehold improvements

over unexpired lease period or renewal term

Fixtures, fittings, and equipment

5% to 15% reducing balance

Computer equipment

Motor vehicles

over 2 years straight line

25% reducing balance

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, on an 
annual basis. An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic 
benefits are expected from its use or disposal. 

The additional depreciation arising from the revaluation of freehold and long leasehold properties of £1,459,366 
(2022: £1,094,722) is included within total depreciation on the face of the statement of comprehensive income and 
transferred from the revaluation reserve to retained earnings each year.

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment
At each reporting date the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its property, and plant and equipment assets 
which have not been revalued to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an 
impairment loss. If any such indication exists the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine 
the extent, if any, of the impairment loss. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual 
asset the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. If the 
recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying 
amount of the asset or cash-generating unit is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss. Where an impairment loss is subsequently reversed, the carrying amount of the assets 
or cash-generating unit is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, not to exceed the carrying 
amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset or cash-generating 
unit in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

99

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsAccounting Policies continued

Leases – the Group as Lessee
Initial and subsequent measurement of the right of use asset

A right of use asset is recognised at commencement of the lease and initially measured at the amount of the lease 
liability, plus any incremental costs of obtaining the lease and any lease payments made at or before the leased asset 
is available for use by the Group.

The right of use asset is subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated 
impairment losses. The depreciation methods applied are as follows:

•  Leased property – on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or useful life.

The right of use asset is adjusted for any re-measurement of the lease liability and lease modifications, as set out below.

Initial recognition of the lease liability

On commencement of a contract (or part of a contract) which gives the Group the right to use an asset for a period 
of time in exchange for consideration, the Group recognises a right of use asset and a lease liability unless the lease 
qualifies as a ‘short-term’ lease or a ‘low-value’ lease.

Where the lease term is 12 months or less and the lease does not contain an option to purchase the leased asset, 
lease payments are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

For leases where the underlying asset is ‘low-value’, lease payments are recognised as an expense on a straight-line 
basis over the lease term.

Initial measurement of the lease liability

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments during the lease term discounted 
using the interest rate implicit in the lease, or the incremental borrowing rate if the interest rate implicit in the lease 
cannot be readily determined.

The lease term is the non-cancellable period of the lease plus extension periods that the Group is reasonably certain 
to exercise and termination periods that the Group is reasonably certain not to exercise.

Lease payments include fixed payments, less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments dependant on 
an index or a rate (such as those linked to SONIA) and any residual value guarantees. Variable lease payments are 
initially measured using the index or rate when the leased asset is available for use.

Subsequent measurement of the lease liability

The lease liability is subsequently increased for a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the 
lease liability and reduced for lease payments. Interest on the lease liability is recognised in profit or loss, unless 
interest is directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case it is capitalised in accordance with the Group’s 
policy on borrowing costs.

Re-measurement of the lease liability

The lease liability is adjusted for changes arising from the original terms and conditions of the lease that change 
the lease term, the Group’s assessment of its option to purchase the leased asset, the amount expected to be 
payable under a residual value guarantee and/or changes in lease payments due to a change in an index or rate. 
The adjustment to the lease liability is recognised when the change takes effect and is adjusted against the right of 
use asset, unless the carrying amount of the right of use asset is reduced to zero, when any further adjustment is 
recognised in profit or loss.

Adjustments to the lease payments arising from a change in the lease term or the lessee’s assessment of its 
option to purchase the leased asset are discounted using a revised Discount Rate. The revised Discount Rate is 
calculated as the interest rate implicit in the lease for the remainder of the lease term, or if that rate cannot be readily 
determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate at the date of reassessment.

100

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Lease modifications

A lease modification is a change that was not part of the original terms and conditions of the lease and is accounted 
for as a separate lease if it increases the scope of the lease by adding the right to use one or more additional assets 
with a commensurate adjustment to the payments under the lease.

For a lease modification not accounted for as a separate lease, the lease liability is adjusted for the revised lease 
payments, discounted using a revised Discount Rate. The revised Discount Rate used is the interest rate implicit 
in the lease for the remainder of the lease term, or if that rate cannot be readily determined, the lessee company’s 
incremental borrowing rate at the date of the modification.

Where the lease modification decreases the scope of the lease, the carrying amount of the right of use asset is 
reduced to reflect the partial or full termination of the lease. Any difference between the adjustment to the lease 
liability and the adjustment to the right of use asset is recognised in profit or loss. 

For all other lease modifications, the adjustment to the lease liability is recognised as an adjustment to the right of 
use asset.

Investments

Shares in subsidiary undertakings are considered long-term investments and are classified as non-current assets in 
the Parent Company’s Statement of Financial Position. All investments are stated at cost. Provision is made for any 
impairment in the value of non-current asset investments.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined on a first in, first out basis.  
Net realisable value is based upon estimated selling prices less any costs of disposal. Provision is made for obsolete 
and slow-moving items.

Financial Instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Statement of Financial Position when the Group 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. IFRS 9 covers the classification, measurement  
and derecognition of financial assets and liabilities.

The impairment model under IFRS 9 requires the recognition of impairment provisions based on expected credit 
losses rather than only incurred credit losses. The significant financial assets held by the Group that are affected  
by the impairment losses recognised under IFRS 9 are trade and other receivables.

The Company holds intercompany loan and receivables balances with the subsidiaries of the Group as disclosed in 
note 15. The Directors do not estimate there to be a material impact on the Company only Financial Statements from 
the recognition of impairment provisions for the loans and receivables.

Bank Borrowings and Finance Costs

Interest-bearing bank loans are recorded at the proceeds received net of direct issue costs. Issue costs are amortised 
against the carrying value amount of the loan over the period of the loan with the cost recognised in profit and loss as 
part of finance costs.

Borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in the year in which they are incurred, unless the costs are incurred 
as part of the development of a qualifying asset, when they will be capitalised. A qualifying asset is an asset that 
necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use. Commencement of capitalisation is 
the date when the Group incurs expenditure for the qualifying asset, incurs borrowing costs and undertakes activities 
that are necessary to prepare the assets for their intended use. In the case of suspension of activities during extended 
periods, the Group suspends capitalisation. The Group ceases capitalisation of borrowing costs when substantially  
all of the activities necessary to prepare the asset for use are complete, typically when the store opens for trade.

101

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsAccounting Policies continued

Leases – the Group as lessee continued
The Group has an active store development programme and in accordance with IAS 23 (borrowing costs) has 
material qualifying assets that take a substantial period of time to develop from acquisition to ultimate store opening. 
Accordingly borrowing costs have been capitalised in the current year that are directly attributable to the acquisition, 
construction and fit-out of these qualifying store assets. The Group funds these developments from a general bank 
Revolving Credit Facility and the capitalisation rate applied is the average cost of these funds for the year 2023: 
4.77% (2022: 1.71%). When an individual store development is complete, and the store has opened, capitalisation  
of attributable borrowing costs ceases. In the current year £1.54 million (2022: £0.59 million) interest was capitalised 
in respect of ten qualifying development assets.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting
The Group’s activities expose it to interest rate risk. The Group has historically used interest rate swap contracts to 
hedge these exposures. There were no financial derivatives held by the Group at 31 July 2023 or at 31 July 2022. 
The Group does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or for any other purposes.

The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Group’s policies as approved by the Board of Directors. The 
Group documents its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking hedging transactions within the 
Group’s Risk Register. The Group also documents its assessment both at hedge inception and on an on-going basis 
to assess whether the derivatives that are used are effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the 
hedged items.

Trade Receivables
For trade receivables, expected credit losses are measured by applying an expected loss rate to the gross carrying 
amount. The expected loss rate comprises the risk of a default occurring and the expected cash flows on default 
based on the ageing of the receivable. The risk of a default occurring always takes into consideration all possible 
default events over the expected life of those receivables (the lifetime expected credit losses).

Trade receivables as indicated in note 15 are £1.3 million (2022: £1.20 million). As described in note 15 the Group’s 
exposure to credit risk is low and the Group’s credit model is solid. The Directors have assessed the impact of future 
impairment losses recognised for trade receivables under IFRS 9 at 31 July 2023 based on actual losses experienced 
over the past five years and concluded that the impact on impairment losses recognised under IFRS 9 is immaterial.

Liabilities and Equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments issued by the Group are classified according to the substance of the 
contractual arrangements entered into. An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the 
assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities and includes no obligation to deliver cash or other financial assets. 

Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Interest-
bearing loans and overdrafts are initially measured at fair value net of direct transaction costs and are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method. Any difference between the proceeds net of 
transaction costs and the settlement or redemption of borrowings is recognised over the term of the borrowing. 
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value and are subsequently stated at amortised cost using 
the effective interest rate method.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and short-term deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments 
that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash. The carrying amounts of these assets approximate to their 
fair value and the risk of changes in value is not significant.

Financial Assets
Trade and other debtors and amounts due from Group undertakings which are receivable within one year and which 
do not constitute a financing transaction are initially measured at the transaction price and subsequently measured  
at amortised cost being the transaction price less any amounts settled and any impairment losses.

102

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Where the Group is entitled to receive cash under a management services agreement at a future specified date 
this is recorded as a financial asset at the current fair value of the cash ultimately receivable. Where this amount is 
receivable, in more than one year, the financial asset is presented as a non-current asset. Where the amounts are 
now due and payable and have been invoiced accordingly, the amount is treated as a debtor.

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows have expired or have been transferred 
and the consolidated entity has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. When there is no 
reasonable expectation of recovering part or all of a financial asset, its carrying value is written off.

Impairment of Financial Assets
A financial asset is credit-impaired when events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of 
that financial asset have occurred. The expected credit loss recognised in profit or loss for a credit impaired financial 
asset is the difference between the asset’s gross carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash 
flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.

Net Debt
Net debt comprises the borrowings of the Group less cash and cash equivalents.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event which it is probable 
will result in an outflow of economic benefits that can be reliably estimated.

Employee Benefit Trust
The Group operates an employment benefit trust and has de facto control of the shares held by the trust and bears 
their benefits and risks. The Group records certain assets and liabilities of the trust as its own. Finance costs and 
administrative expenses are charged as they accrue.

Own Shares
The cost of own shares held by the employee benefit trust (ESOP shares) and treasury shares is shown as a 
deduction from retained earnings. Earnings per share are calculated on the net shares in issue.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised when declared during the financial year.

Critical Accounting Estimates a) and Judgements b) c) and d)
The preparation of financial statements under IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions  
that may affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income  
and expenses. 

Actual outcomes may differ from these estimates and assumptions. The estimates and assumptions that have 
a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next 
financial year are discussed below.

a)  Estimate of fair value of trading properties

The Group commissions an external valuation of its self-storage stores. This valuation uses a discounted cash flow 
methodology which is based on current and projected net operating income. The Group employs expert external 
valuers, JLL, who report on the value of the Group’s stores on an annual basis. The principal assumptions underlying 
management’s estimation of the fair value are those relating to stabilised occupancy levels, expected future growth  
in storage fees and operating costs, maintenance requirements, capitalisation rates and Discount Rates.

A more detailed explanation of the background and methodology adopted in the valuation of the Group’s trading 
properties is set out in note 12(a) together with estimation sensitivities undertaken. The carrying value of land and buildings 
held at valuation at the reporting date was £255.6 million (2022: £239.8 million) as shown in the table in note 12(a).

103

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsAccounting Policies continued

Critical Accounting Estimates a) and Judgements b) c) and d) continued
b)   Assets in the course of construction and land held for store development  

(‘Development property assets’)

The Group’s development property assets are held in the Statement of Financial Position at historic cost and are 
not valued externally. In acquiring sites for redevelopment into self-storage facilities, the Group estimates and makes 
judgements on the potential lettable storage space that it can achieve in its planning negotiations, together with the 
time it will take to achieve maturity. In addition, assumptions are made on the storage fees that can be achieved at 
the store by comparison with other stores within the portfolio and within the local area. These judgements, taken 
together with estimates of operating costs and the projected construction cost, allow the Group to calculate the 
potential net operating income at maturity, projected returns on capital invested and therefore justify the proposed 
purchase price of the site at acquisition. 

Following the acquisition, regular reviews are carried out taking into account the status of the planning negotiations, 
and revised construction costs or capacity of the new facility, for example, to make an assessment of the recoverable 
amount of the development property. The Group reviews all development property assets for impairment at each 
reporting date in the light of the results of these reviews. Once a store is opened it is valued as a trading store.

The carrying value of development property assets at the reporting date was £30.6 million (2022: £29.2 million). 
Please see note 12(a) for more details.

c)   Classification of self-storage facilities as owner-occupied properties rather than  

investment properties

The Directors consider that Lok’nStore Group plc is the Parent Company of a ‘trading business’ and is not wholly  
or mainly engaged in making investments.

The Group is an integrated storage solutions business offering a range of services to its customers. We provide 
services to our customers under contracts for the provision of storage services which do not give them any property 
or tenancy rights and a large number of the stores we operate are from properties where we do not own the land  
or the buildings. The assets we do own are valued on the basis of the trading cash flows that the operating 
businesses generate.

The Group continues to develop its managed stores’ business where it uses its operational and logistic expertise  
to provide a full range of services to customers in stores we manage for third-party owners. In recent years the 
Group has developed many new managed stores all of which are owned by third-party investors and managed  
by Lok’nStore.

Previously owned sites at Woking, Ashford, Swindon and Crayford, have historically been the subject of sale and 
manage-back transactions by which Lok’nStore has retained the management of the business when a third-party 
owner acquired the business, land and buildings. In FY2022, another four trading stores were the subject of sale  
and manage-back transactions by which Lok’nStore has retained the management of the business.

All of this trading activity, including active management and marketing activity, as well as the self-storage income 
earned from our leasehold stores’ activity, demonstrate that the holding of land is not a core activity because the 
trading operation is not dependent on the ownership of land. See the chart on page 28 for the changing ownership 
structure of the stores.

The Group has always and continues to comply with all of the usual accounting and tax protocols consistent with a 
trading business. As at the year-end, Lok’nStore operates 42 stores mainly in southern England, although in recent 
years we have expanded our historically southern England focused geographic footprint into the Southwest (Exeter), 
Wales (Cardiff) and the Northwest (Salford, Warrington, and Altrincham). Of the 42 stores, Lok’nStore owns the 
freehold interest in 17 stores, nine of the stores are held under commercial leases. There are a further 16 managed 
stores operating under management contracts for third-party owners making a total of 42 stores trading under the 
Lok’nStore brand. In addition, there is a secured pipeline of a further 11 stores (nine owned and two managed). 
When fully developed the Group will operate 53 trading stores.

104

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023One of the features of Lok’nStore’s strategy is to increase the number of stores we manage for third parties selling 
our expertise in storage solutions management, operating systems and marketing, through management fees rather 
than retaining a proprietary interest in land and buildings.

The classification of self-storage facilities as owner-occupied properties rather than investment properties has 
resulted in the recognition of fair value gains in 2023 (net deferred of tax) of £5.9 million (2022: £45.9 million) in  
Other Comprehensive Income rather than the Income Statement.

d)  Application of IFRS 16

The Group uses judgement to assess whether the interest rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable. When the 
interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable, the Group estimates the incremental borrowing rate based 
on its external borrowings secured against a similar asset, adjusted for the term of the lease.

105

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 31 July 2023

1  Revenue
Analysis of the Group’s revenue is shown below:

Stores trading

Self-storage revenue

Insurance revenue

Retail sales (packing materials etc.)

Subtotal self-storage revenue – owned stores

Management fees – managed stores

Subtotal

Non-storage income

Total revenue per statement of comprehensive income

Segmental information

Group  
2023  
£’000

22,873

2,251

240

25,364

1,659

27,023

124

27,147

Group  
2022  
£’000

21,585

2,239

252

24,076

2,785

26,861

41

26,902

IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of the 
Group that are regularly reviewed by the Chief Executive to allocate resources to the segments and to assess their 
performance. Given the nature of the Group’s business, there is one segment, which is the provision of self-storage 
and related services which all arise in the UK.

2  Property, Staff, Distribution and General Costs

Property and premises costs

Property rentals*

Net property and premises costs

Staff costs

General overheads

Subtotal operating costs

Retail products cost of sales (see note 3)

Total 

Group 
2023 
£’000

6,821

(1,817)

5,004

5,267

1,567

11,838

253

12,091

Group 
2022 
£’000

5,304

(1,746)

3,558

5,369

1,438

10,365

188

10,553

* 

 This adjustment relates to lease payments in the period which are treated as a reduction in lease liabilities. The property and premises 
costs are presented with this figure included to present the underlying costs associated with lease rentals.

3  Cost of Sales of Retail Products
Cost of sales represents the direct costs associated with the sale of retail products (boxes, packaging etc.), and  
the ancillary sales of insurance cover for customer goods, all of which fall within the Group’s ordinary activities.

Retail

Insurance

Other

Total cost of sales of retail products

106

Group 
2023 
£’000

110

97

46

253

Group 
2022 
£’000

113

23

52

188

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 20234  Non-underlying items

Profit on sale of trading stores1

Liquidated damages received on development2

Abortive site costs3

Recognition of additional Share Incentive Plan (SIP) liability

Additional follow-on costs relating to the sale and manage-back of four  
trading stores located at Basingstoke, Cardiff, Horsham, and Portsmouth

Total non-underlying items

Group 
2023 
£’000

–

195

(63)

(369)

(81)

(318)

Group 
2022 
£’000

5,936

175

(372)

–

–

5,739

1  Profit arising on the sale and manage-back of four trading stores located at Basingstoke, Cardiff, Horsham and Portsmouth.

2 

3 

Liquidated damages received on the late delivery of a new store development which has subsequently opened. 

 The Group’s active search for suitable development sites for new Landmark stores has resulted in some abortive costs - mainly around 
planning and associated professional costs.

5  Finance Income

Bank interest

Other interest

Total finance income

Interest receivable arises on cash and cash equivalents (see note 17).

6  Finance Costs

Interest on bank borrowings

Capitalised interest

Net bank interest

Non-utilisation fees

Amortisation of bank loan arrangement fees

Interest on obligations under lease liabilities

Total finance costs

Group 
2023 
£’000

660

5

665

Group 
2023 
£’000

3,112

(1,544)

1,568

212

235

547

2,562

Group 
2022 
£’000

42

–

42

Group 
2022 
£’000

1,296

(589)

707

166

216

239

1,328

107

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements7  Profit before Taxation

Profit before taxation is stated after charging:

Depreciation and amounts written off property, plant and equipment:

Depreciation based on cost

Depreciation based on revalued assets

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 12a)

Depreciation of right of use assets

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

Total

Audit services

– UK statutory audit of the Company and consolidated accounts

Other services

– Interim Review – agreed upon procedures

Comprising:

Audit services

Non-audit services

Amounts payable to RSM UK Audit LLP

8  Employees

Group 
2023 
£’000

2,550

1,452

4,002

1,688

–

5,690

Group 
2023 
£’000

144

12

156

144

12

156

Group 
2022 
£’000

2,316

1,094

3,410

1,314

3

4,727

Group 
2022 
£’000

125

9

134

125

9

134

Group  
2023  
No.

Group  
2022  
No.

The average monthly number of persons (including Directors) employed by the Group 
during the year was:

Store management*

Administration

163

30

193

* 

 Of the 163 store employees, 64 (2022:54) are directly deployed in Managed Stores and the corresponding employee costs are 
recharged to the third party owners.

Costs for the above persons:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Share-based remuneration (options)

108

Group 
2023 
£’000

4,060

530

109

4,699

 450

5,149

151

27

178

Group 
2022 
£’000

4,174

702

98

4,974

201

5,175

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2023Share-based remuneration is separately disclosed in the statement of comprehensive income. Wages and salaries 
of £92,572 (2022: £154,920) have been capitalised as additions to property, plant and equipment as they are directly 
attributable to the acquisition of these assets.

All other employee costs are included in staff costs in the statement of comprehensive income.

In relation to pension contributions, there was £19,938 (2022: £32,807) outstanding at the year-end. There were no 
employees employed by Lok’nStore Group plc in the year other than the Directors (2022: nil).

Directors’ 
Remuneration  
2023

Executive:

A. Jacobs

R. Davies

N. Newman-Shepherd

T. Lampard

Non-Executive:

J. Woyda

S. Thomas

R. Holmes

C. Peal

Directors’ 
Remuneration  
2022

Executive:

A. Jacobs

R. Davies

N. Newman-Shepherd

Non-Executive:

J. Woyda

S. Thomas

R. Holmes

E. Luker

C. Peal

Salary  

£

Bonuses 
£

Benefits 
£

Sub Total  

£

Pension 
£

235,035

182,792

102,397

32,099

31,345

25,075

25,075

25,075

32,250

20,627

70,715

20,417

–

–

–

–

8,235

5,587

2,912

1,253

–

5,914

–

–

275,520

209,006

176,024

53,769

31,345

30,989

25,075

25,075

–

7,312

4,096

1,284

–

–

–

–

Gains  
on Share 
Options 
£

–

326,687

30,222

–

–

–

–

–

Total  

£

275,520

543,005

210,342

55,053

31,345

30,989

25,075

25,075

658,893

144,009

23,901

826,803

12,692

356,909

1,196,404

Salary 
£

Bonuses  

Benefits  

Sub Total  

£

£

£

Pension 
£

Gains  
 on Share 
Options 
£

Total 
£

223,842

174,087

97,521

27,364

23,881

23,881

9,950

23,881

146,500

49,287

100,523

–

–

–

–

–

7,387

5,587

2,793

–

5,570

–

–

–

377,729

228,961

200,837

27,364

29,451

23,881

9,950

23,881

–

1,360,277

1,738,006

6,963

3,901

456,995

11,058

692,919

215,796

–

–

–

–

 –

–

–

–

–

 –

27,364

29,451

23,881

9,950

23,881

604,407

296,310

21,337

922,054

10,864

1,828,330

2,761,248

Details of the Directors’ remuneration are shown above.

The highest paid Director received contributions during the year of £7,312 (2022; £nil). The benefits in kind all relate 
to medical insurance premiums paid on behalf of the Directors. The number of Directors to whom retirement benefits 
are accruing under money purchase pension schemes in respect of qualifying service is two (2022: two).

109

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements9  Taxation

Current tax:

UK corporation tax – current year

UK corporation tax – adjustment in respect of prior period

Total UK corporation tax

Deferred tax:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Total deferred tax

Total Income tax expense for the year

The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit for the year as follows:

Profit before tax

Tax on ordinary activities at the effective standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 21% 
(2022: 19%)

Depreciation of non-qualifying assets

Share-based payment charges in excess of corresponding tax deduction

Adjustments in respect of prior periods – corporation tax

Tax effect of rolled over gains on sale of property

Other

Income tax expense for the year

Effective tax rate

Group 
2023 
£’000

1,283

(38)

1,245

764

764

2,009

2023  
£’000

6,701

1,423

482

94

(38)

–

48

2,009

30%

Group 
2022 
£’000

1,572

111

1,683

2,113

2,113

3,796

2022 
£’000

15,874

3,016

377

(337)

111

432

197

3,796

24%

In addition to the amount charged to profit or loss for the year, deferred tax relating to the revaluation of the  
Group’s properties of £1.95 million (2022: £14.3 million) has been recognised directly in other comprehensive income 
(see note 20 on deferred tax).

The current year tax charge is a blended rate of 21% based on a pro-rata calculation of eight months at 19% and 
four months at 25%. The deferred tax balances are measured at the substantively enacted rates of corporation tax 
being 19% until 31 March 2023 and a rate of 25% thereafter. 

110

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 202310  Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 July 2021 (10.67 pence per share)

Interim dividend for the year to 31 July 2022 (5.00 pence per share)

Final dividend for the year ended 31 July 2022 (12.25 pence per share)

Interim dividend for the year to 31 July 2023 (5.75 pence per share)

2023  
£’000

–

–

3,602

1,693

5,295

2022 
£’000

3,132

1,469

–

–

4,601

In respect of the current year the Directors paid an interim dividend of 5.75 pence per share to shareholders on  
10 June 2023. The Directors propose that a final dividend of 13.25 pence per share will be paid to the shareholders.  
The total estimated final dividend to be paid is approximately £4.34 million based on the number of shares in issue  
at 13 October 2023 as adjusted for shares held in the Employee Benefits Trust. 

This is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 7 December 2023 and has not been 
included as a liability in these financial statements. The ex-dividend date will be 23 November 2023; the record date 
24 November 2023; with an intended payment date of 5 January 2023. The final deadline for Dividend Reinvestment 
Election (DRIP) is 8 December 2023.

11  Earnings per Share
The calculations of earnings per share are based on the following profits and numbers of shares.

Total profit for the financial year attributable to owners of the Parent

Weighted average number of shares

For basic earnings per share

Dilutive effect of share options1

For diluted earnings per share

Group 
2023 
£’000

4,692

Group 
2022 
£’000

12,078

2023  

2022  

No. of Shares

No. of Shares

29,518,911

29,287,451

467,137

549,321

29,986,048

29,836,772

1 

 Further options that could potentially dilute EPS in the future are excluded from the above because they are not dilutive in the period 
presented. Full details of share options are included in notes 22 to 25.

Earnings per share
Basic

Total basic earnings per share

Diluted

Total diluted earnings per share

Group  
2023 
Pence

15.90p

Group 
2022 
Pence 

41.24p

15.65p

40.48p

111

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements12a)  Property, Plant and Equipment

Group

Cost or valuation

1 August 2021

Additions

Transfers

Disposals

Revaluations

31 July 2022

Depreciation

1 August 2021

Depreciation

Disposals

Revaluations

31 July 2022

Cost or valuation

1 August 2022

Additions

Transfers

Disposals

Revaluations

31 July 2023

Depreciation

1 August 2022

Depreciation

Disposals

Revaluations

31 July 2023

Development 
Property 
Assets at 
Cost  
£’000

Land and 
Buildings 
at Valuation 
£’000

Short 
Leasehold 
Improvements 
at Cost  
£’000

Fixtures, 
Fittings and 
Equipment 
at Cost 
£’000

Motor 
Vehicles  
at Cost 
£’000

Total  
£’000

33,676

10,611

(15,072)

–

–

199,617

756

11,234

(30,101)

58,299

7,557

158

–

–

–

30,420

10

271,280

663

3,838

(3,615)

–

–

–

–

–

12,188*

–

(33,716)

58,299

29,215

239,805

7,715

31,306

10

308,051

–

–

–

–

–

– 

1,872

–

(1,872)

–

29,215

13,260

(11,870)

–

–

239,805

38

10,186

– 

5,570

–

–

–

–

–

– 

2,249

–

(2,249)

–

2,509

296

–

–

2,805

4,910

7,715

173

–

–

–

13,109

1,242

(1,963)

–

12,388

18,918

31,306

3,877

1,684

– 

–

2,805

301

–

–

3,106

4,782

12,388

1,452

–

–

13,840

23,027

10

–

–

–

10

–

10

–

–

–

–

10

10

–

–

–

10

–

15,628

3,410

(1,963)

(1,872)

15,203

292,848

308,051

17,348*

–

–

5,570

330,970

15,203

4,002

– 

(2,249)

16,956

314,013

30,605

255,599

7,888

36,867

Net book value at 31 July 2022

29,215

239,805

Net book value at 31 July 2023

30,605

255,599

* 

Including talised interest costs of £1,544,229 (2022: £589,843).

The Group has an active store development programme and in accordance with IAS 23 (borrowing costs) has 
material assets that take a substantial period of time to develop from acquisition to ultimate store opening. 
Accordingly borrowing costs of £1,54 million (2022: £0.59 million) have been capitalised that are directly attributable 
to the acquisition, construction and fit-out of these qualifying store assets. £332,529 of this amount relates to 
development stores which opened during the year leaving a balance of £1,211,700 carried in development property 
assets. If all property, plant and equipment were stated at historic cost the carrying value would be £124.9 million 
(2022: £111.4 million).

112

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2023Capital expenditure during the period totalled £17.3 million. (2022: £12.2 million). This was primarily the contract 
exchange of the Milton Keynes site, the purchase of the Bolton site and the exchange of contracts on the Eastbourne 
site. There are ongoing construction and fit out works at our sites in Staines and Basildon, final costs on Bedford 
and Peterborough prior to opening, as well as and the completion of construction works at our Stevenage and 
Warrington stores. Also, planning and pre-development works at our Bournemouth, Altrincham, Barking and 
Cheshunt sites featured.

Property, plant and equipment (non-current assets) with a carrying value of £314.0 million (2022: £292.8 million) are 
pledged as security for bank loans.

Independent External Market Valuation of Freehold and Leasehold Land and Buildings

Fair Value Measurement

The fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurements are categorised is level 3, in accordance with  
IFRS 13 (fair value measurement).

On 31 July 2023, an independent professional valuation was prepared by JLL in respect of 15 freehold, and nine 
leasehold stores operated by Lok’nStore. The valuation was prepared in accordance with the RICS Valuation – Global 
Standards 2022 – UK national supplement, published by The Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (the RICS Red 
Book) and the valuation methodology is explained in more detail below. The valuations were prepared on the basis 
of Fair Value as a fully equipped operational entity having regard to trading potential. The valuation was provided for 
accounts purposes and as such, is a Regulated Purpose Valuation as defined in the Red Book. In compliance with 
the disclosure requirements of the RICS Red Book JLL has confirmed that:

•  This is the eighth year that JLL has been appointed to value the properties.

•  The valuers who prepared the valuation have the necessary skills and experience having been significantly 

involved in the sector.

•  JLL do not provide other significant professional or agency services to the Company.

• 

In relation to the preceding financial year of JLL the proportion of the total fees payable by the Company to the 
total fee income of the firm is less than 5% and is minimal.

The valuation report indicates a total valuation for all properties valued of £301.9 million (2022: £279 million) of which 
£274.7 million (2022: £254.8 million) relates to freehold properties, and £27.2 million (2022: £24.2 million) relates to 
properties held under leases. Full details are set out in the property review in the table of property values on page 32.

Freehold land and buildings are carried at valuation in the Statement of Financial Position. Short leasehold 
improvements at properties held under leases are carried at cost rather than valuation in accordance with IFRS.

For the trading properties the valuation methodology explained in more detail below is based on fair value as fully 
equipped operational entities, having regard to trading potential. Of the £274.7 million (2022: £254.8 million) valuation 
of the freehold properties £20.9 million (2022: £16.6 million) relates to the net book value of fixtures, fittings and 
equipment, and the remaining £253.8 million (2022: £238.2 million) relates to freehold properties.

The 2023 valuation includes and reflects movements in value which have resulted from the operational performance 
of the stores and market movements in the investment environment.

113

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements12a)  Property, Plant and Equipment continued
Valuation Methodology

JLL has adopted the profits method of valuation and cross-checked with the direct comparison method based 
on recent transactions in the sector, which is the main method of pricing adopted by purchasers of self-storage 
properties. The carrying value of freehold land and buildings of £255.3 million also includes £1.5 million of assets  
held at Directors’ valuation (see below).

JLL have valued the assets on an individual basis and have disregarded any portfolio effect.

The profits method of valuation considers the cash flow generated by the trading potential of the self-storage facility. 
Due to the specialised design and use of the buildings, the value is typically based on their ability to generate a net 
income from operating as self-storage facilities.

JLL have constructed a discounted cash flow model. This sets out their explicit assumptions on the underlying cash 
flow that they believe could be generated by a Reasonably Efficient Operator at each of the properties, both at the 
valuation date and in the near future as the properties increase their occupancy and rates charged to customers. 
Judgements are made as to the trading potential and likely long-term sustainable occupancy.

Stable occupancy depends upon the nature of demand, size of property and nearby competition, and allows for a 
reasonable vacancy rate to enable the operator to contract units to new customers. In the valuation the assumed 
stabilised occupancy level for the 26 trading stores (both freeholds and leaseholds) averages 87.79% (2022: 88.23%).

Expenditure is deducted (such as business rates, staff costs, repair and maintenance, utilities, marketing and bad 
debts) as well as an operator’s charge which takes account of central costs. JLL also make an allowance for long- 
term capex requirements where applicable. The assumptions used by JLL include:

•  The cash flow for freeholds runs for an explicit period of ten years, after which it is capitalised at an all risks yield 

which reflects the implicit future growth of the business, or a hypothetical sale.

•  The cash flow for leaseholds continues for the unexpired term of the lease.

•  The Discount Rate applied has had regard to recent transactions, weighted average costs of capital and target 

return in other asset types with adjustments made to reflect differences in the risk and liquidity profile.

•  The weighted average annual Discount Rate adopted (for both freeholds and leaseholds) is 7.62% (2022: 7.21%).

•  The Discount Rates used in the freehold valuation ranges from 6.75% to 9.00% (2022: 6.50% to 8.75%).

•  The yield arising from the first year of the projected cash flow is 4.90% (2022: 5.30%), rising to 7.13% (2022: 6.79%) 

in year five.

•  JLL has assumed purchasers’ costs of 6.80% (2022: 6.80%).

•  The average assumed stabilised occupancy is 87.79% (2022: 88.23%).

•  The average Exit Yield assumed is 6.51% (2022: 6.16%).

The comparison method considers recent transactions where self-storage properties have sold, and then adjusts 
them based on a multiple of current earnings and a capital value per square foot. They are adjusted to reflect 
differences in location, physical characteristics, local supply and demand, tenure and trading levels.

The Group has reported that the Lok’nStore trading stores have performed very well in terms of increasing pricing 
while maintaining occupancy over the course of the year.

114

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2023For leaseholds, the same methodology has been used as for freehold property, except that no sale of the assets 
in the tenth year is assumed, but the discounted cash flow is extended to the expiry of the lease. The average 
unexpired term of the Group’s operating leaseholds valued by JLL is approximately twelve years and ten months  
as at 31 July 2023 (ten years and one month: 31 July 2022). Valuations for stores held under leases are not  
reflected in the Statement of Financial Position and the assets in relation to these stores are carried at cost less 
accumulated depreciation.

In 2011, one of the Group store’s leases was renegotiated and includes a ten-year option to renew the leases from 
March 2026 to March 2036. The option to extend is only operable in the event that all four of the leases applicable 
to this store are extended and this option is personal to Lok’nStore or another ‘major self-storage operator’, to be 
approved by the landlord (approval not to be unreasonably withheld). The JLL valuation on this store is based on 
this Special Assumption that the option to extend the lease for ten years is exercised. This is consistent with the 
approach taken in previous years.

Self-storage valuations are complex and involve a degree of judgement. As a guide and assuming all other factors 
are constant, improvements in a store’s EBITDA would lead to an increase in that store’s valuation. Conversely,  
an increase in Exit Yield and Discount Rate would result in a lower valuation and vice-versa.

The effect of a change in more than one input would magnify the impact on the valuation. Inputs moving in opposite 
directions, such as price and occupancy improving but capitalisation rates increasing could result in no net impact 
on valuations.

Further changes in interest rates, risk free rates or changes in the macro-economic outlook may affect the 
capitalisation rates applied by External Valuers in future independent valuations.

As an example of the sensitivity of capitalisation rates:

•  A 50bpts decrease in the Exit Yields and Discount Rate would result in a £28.3 million increase in this  

year’s valuation.

•  A 100bpts decrease in the Exit Yields and Discount Rate would result in a £62.8 million increase in this  

year’s valuation.

•  A 50bpts increase in the Exit Yield and Discount Rate would result in a £23.8 million decrease in this 

year’s valuation.

•  A 100bpts increase in the Exit Yield and Discount Rate would result in a £44.1 million decrease in this  

year’s valuation.

It is the Company’s policy to conduct independent valuations of all trading assets at the end of each financial year. 
At the interim half year stage, the Directors will consult with JLL to consider whether there has been any material 
change in market conditions. If there has been then the Directors will instruct an Independent Valuation at this point.

Directors’ valuation of land and property

Land & Buildings at the rear of the new Salford trading store

Following the opening of the new Salford store in 2022, there is available land and building at the rear of the new 
store which is suitable for rent on commercial terms to third party users. Based on negotiated rents with tenants,  
the Directors continue to place a Directors’ valuation of £1.5 million (2022: £1.5 million) on this land and building.

The total value of land and property carried at Directors’ valuation at 31 July 2023 is £1.5 million (2022: £1.5 million).

115

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements12b)  Right of use assets (ROU)
The Group accounts for the value of its property leases on the balance sheet by the recognition of a right of use asset 
(the right to use the leased item) and a corresponding financial liability to pay rentals due over the property lease term. 
This treatment relates to the Group’s property leases. The Group has no leases on any other types of assets.

The Group recognises right of use assets (ROU) of £13.8 million at 31 July 2023 (2022: £10.4 million) and total lease 
liabilities of £14.7 million, (2022: £10.9 million) with depreciation charges of £1.7 million (2022: £1.3 million) and lease 
interest charges of £0.5 million (2022: £0.2 million).

Detailed analysis is provided in the tables below:

At 31 July 2022

Additions

Depreciation

At 31 July 2023

Property rentals

Depreciation of right of use asset (ROU)

Interest charged on lease liability

Impact on Comprehensive Income

Group  
31 July 2023  

£’000

10,424

5,032

(1,688)

13,768

Group  
31 July 2023  

£’000

1,817

(1,688)

(547)

(418)

Group 
31 July 2022 
£’000 

10,503

1,235

(1,314)

10,424

Group  
31 July 2022  
£’000 

1,746

(1,314)

(239)

193

The right of use assets represents the present value of minimum lease payments for the Group’s property leases. 
The Group has no leases on any other types of assets. The Present Value of all future operating lease payments 
on existing leases is calculated using 2.2% (2022: 2.2%) and on the two new leases executed in the current year at 
6.43% as an incremental borrowing rate as the single Discount Rate. The right of use assets are depreciated based 
on the individual lease term of the separate leases. 

The significant increase in the right of use asset relates to the execution of a new 20-year lease at our Eastbourne 
Store and a new 25 year lease on our Basildon store.

13  Investments

Company investments in subsidiary undertakings

31 July 2021

Capital contributions arising from share-based payments

31 July 2022

Capital contributions arising from share-based payments

31 July 2023

£’000

2,670

201

2,871

450

3,321

116

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2023The Company holds more than 20% of the share capital of the following companies, all of which are incorporated in 
England and Wales:

Company Name

Lok’nStore Limited* #

Lok’nStore Trustee Limited ¥ †

Southern Engineering and Machinery 
Company Ltd ¥* #

Semco Machine Tools Limited ≠ #

Semco Engineering Limited ≠ #

ParknCruise Limited ¥ †

The Box Room (Self-storage) Limited ¥* †

% of Shares and Voting Rights

Company 
Registration 
No.

02902717

03788705

00381670

01025573

01164294

10329934

06840417

Class of 
Shareholding

Directly

Indirectly

Nature  

of Entity

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100

–

Self-storage

–

–

–

–

–

–

100

100

100

100

100

100

Trustee

Self-storage

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Self-storage

¥  These companies are subsidiaries of Lok’nStore Limited.

≠  These companies are subsidiaries of Southern Engineering and Machinery Company Limited and did not trade during the year. 

* 

These companies have taken the exemption from audit under Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006.

†  The address of these companies is 112, Hawley Lane, Farnborough, Hants. GU14 8JE.

#  The address of these companies is 1, Fleet Place, London. EC4M 7WS.

14  Inventories

Consumables and goods for resale

Group 
2023 
£’000

145

Group 
2023 
£’000

143

The amount of inventories recognised in Group cost of sales as an expense during the year was £109,106 
(2022: £112,887) (see note 3). The Company had no inventory in either year.

117

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements15  Trade and Other Receivables

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Taxation

Prepayments and accrued income

Group 
2023 
£’000

1,342

779

27

437

2,585

Group 
2022 
£’000

1,198

2,318

–

472

3,988

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value. Other 
receivables include monies receivable from the managed stores for services provided by the Group.

The following balances existed between the Company and its subsidiaries at 31 July:

Current receivables 

Non-current receivables (restated)

Net amount due from Lok’nStore Limited

Company  

2023
£’000

7,000

42,963

49,963

Company 
2022 
Restated
£’000

6,000

22,785

28,785

The non-current receivables represent amounts which are not expected to be repaid within one year notwithstanding 
that the balance is repayable on demand. Previously the entire balance was included in current receivables and 
therefore the comparative balance has been restated to present £22.8m as a non-current receivable which has 
decreased the previously presented current receivables by the same amount. There is no impact on the previously 
reported result for the period ended 31 July 2022 or net assets at that date of the parent entity. The Directors have 
determined it is not necessary to re-present the balance sheet for the year ended 31 July 2021 as doing so would 
not improve a user’s understanding of the adjustment. 

Receivables from group undertakings are interest free. These have been considered for impairment using the twelve-
month expected credit loss model because there have been no changes in credit risk since initial recognition. The 
expected credit losses on amounts owed by Group companies is insignificant (2022: insignificant). 

Trade receivables

In respect of its self-storage business the Group does not typically offer credit terms to its customers and hence the 
Group is not exposed to significant credit risk. All customers are required to pay in advance of the storage period. 
Late charges are applied to a customer’s account if they are more than ten days overdue in their payment. The 
Group provides for receivables based upon sales levels and estimated recoverability. There is a right of lien over 
the customers’ goods, so if they have not paid within a certain time frame the Group has the right to sell the items 
they store to cover the debt owed by the customer. Trade receivables that are overdue are provided for based on 
estimated irrecoverable amounts, determined by reference to expected credit losses.

For individual self-storage customers, the Group does not perform credit checks. However, this is mitigated by the 
fact that all customers are required to pay in advance. Before accepting a new business customer who wishes to 
use a number of the Group’s stores, the Group uses an external credit rating to assess the potential customer’s 
credit quality and defines credit limits by customer. There are no customers who represent more than 5% of the total 
balance of trade receivables.

Included in the Group’s trade receivables balance are receivables with a carrying amount of £0.14 million (2022: 
£0.1 million) which are past due at the reporting date for which the Group has not provided as there has not been a 
significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable. The Group holds a right of lien 
over its self-storage customers’ goods if these debts are not paid. The average age of these receivables is 53 days 
past due (2022: 55 days past due). The Group does not expect credit losses on intra-group balances.

118

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2023Ageing of past due but not impaired receivables

0–30 days

30–60 days

60+ days

Total

Movement in the allowance for credit losses

Balance at the beginning of the year

Impairment losses recognised

Amounts written off as uncollectible

Balance at the end of the year

Group 
2023 
£’000

28

13

95

136

2023
£’000

100

32

4

136

Group 
2022 
£’000

22

8

70

100

2022
£’000

147

30

(77)

100

The concentration of credit risk is limited due to the customer base being large and unrelated. Accordingly, the Directors 
believe that there is no further provision required.

Ageing of impaired trade receivables

0–30 days

30–60 days

60+ days

Total

16  Trade and Other Payables

Trade payables

Taxation and social security costs

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

Group 
2023 
£’000

–

–

136

136

Group 
2023 
£’000

1,326

453

549

4,852

7,180

Group 
2022 
£’000

–

–

100

100

Group 
2022 
£’000

1,849

1,014

588

3,778

7,229

The Group has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all payables are paid within credit terms. 
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates fair value. The Company 
had no trade and other payables in either year.

The Group invoices its customers in advance, and therefore any deferred income balance is primarily related to 
amounts paid by customers for storage services beyond the Balance Sheet date.

119

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements17  Financial Instruments
Capital management and gearing

The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while 
maximising the return to shareholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance.

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which include the borrowings disclosed in note 18, cash and 
cash equivalents and equity attributable to the owners of the Parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and 
retained earnings as disclosed in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. The Group’s banking facilities 
require that management give regular consideration to interest rate hedging strategy. The Group has complied with 
this during the year with hedging forming a Board agenda item for discussion at each Board meeting.

The Group’s Board reviews the capital structure on an on-going basis. As part of this review, the Board considers 
the cost of capital and the risks associated with each class of capital.

The Group seeks to have a relatively conservative gearing ratio (the proportion of net debt to equity) balancing 
the overall level with the opportunities for the growth of the business. The Board considers at each review the 
appropriateness of the current ratio in light of the above. The Board is currently satisfied with the Group’s gearing ratio.

The gearing ratio at the year-end is as follows:

Gearing – Bank borrowings

Gross debt – bank borrowings*

Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Total equity – balance sheet

Net debt to equity ratio

Total Gearing – Bank borrowings and lease liabilities

Gross debt – bank borrowings*

Gross debt – lease liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Total equity – balance sheet

Net debt to equity ratio

Group 
2023 
£’000

(54,399)

42,132

(12,267)

230,472

5.3%

Group 
2023 
£’000

(54,399)

(14,656)

42,132

(26,923)

230,472

11.7%

Group 
2022 
£’000

(66,785)

46,465

(20,320)

205,346

9.9%

Group 
2022 
£’000

(66,785)

(10,894)

46,465

(31,214)

205,346

15.2%

*  Gross debt is the total amount of bank debt drawn before any amortisation of bank arrangement fees.

The movement of the Group’s gearing ratio arises principally through the combined effect of an increase in the value 
of its trading properties, and the cash generated from operations also enhanced by loan repayments during the year 
reducing the RCF by £12.4 million. 

The Group’s operating cash was also applied to ongoing planning, construction and fit out works at other sites, this 
expenditure during the period totalled £17.3 million (2022: £12.2 million). This was primarily the contract exchange 
of the Milton Keynes site, the purchase of the Bolton site and the exchange of contracts on the Eastbourne site. 
There are ongoing construction and fit out works at our sites in Staines and Basildon, final costs on Bedford 
and Peterborough prior to opening, as well as and the completion of construction works at our Stevenage and 
Warrington stores. Also, planning and pre-development works at our Bournemouth, Altrincham, Barking and 
Cheshunt sites featured.

Exposure to credit and interest rate risk arises in the normal course of the Group’s business.

120

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2023A  Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of interest rates. The Group previously has hedged 
through the deployment of interest rate swaps although the Group had no such instruments in place at 31 July 2022 
or 31 July 2023. The Board continues to keep its hedging policy under periodic review.

B  Debt management

Debt is defined as non-current and current borrowings, as detailed in note 18. Equity includes all capital and reserves 
of the Group. The Group is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

The Group borrows through a joint Revolving Credit Facility with Royal Bank of Scotland/NatWest Bank plc and ABN 
AMRO Bank secured on its store portfolio and other Group assets, excluding intangibles, with a net book value of 
£314.0 million (2022: £292.8 million). 

Borrowings are arranged to ensure the Group fulfils its strategy of growth and development of its stores and to 
maintain short-term liquidity. As at the reporting date the Group has a committed Revolving Credit Facility of £100 
million (2022: £100 million) providing undrawn committed facilities at 31 July 2023 of £45.6 million. This facility runs  
to April 2026, and details are provided in note 18 (Borrowings). 

C  Interest rate risk management

The Group’s policy on interest rate management is agreed at Board level and is reviewed on an on-going basis.  
All borrowings are denominated in Sterling and are detailed in note 17. 

The Group has a number of revolving loans within its overall Revolving Credit Facility and as such is exposed to 
interest rate risks at the time of renewal arising from any upward movement in the SONIA rate. With the rising level of 
interest rates, the Board monitors closely its effect on the business and has levers in place to mitigate the effects.

Cash and cash equivalents: Cash balances and cash equivalents represent only liquid assets with a maturity of three 
months or less and include cash in hand deposits at call with banks (treasury deposit). Cash held in current accounts 
have historically earned little no interest but with rising interest rates instant access accounts now attract a rate of 3.3%. 

Surplus cash is transferred daily to a treasury deposit account which earns interest at the prevailing money market 
rates currently 3.55%. All amounts are denominated in Sterling. The balances at 31 July 2023 are as follows:

Variable rate treasury deposits

SIP trustee deposits

Cash in operating current accounts

Other cash and cash equivalents

Total cash and cash equivalents

Group 
2023 
£’000

41,238

63

826

5

42,132

As at 31 July 2023, the Group had £8 million on treasury reserve with ABN Amro Bank.

Amount

£4,000,000 GBP (3 months)

£4,000,000 GBP (2 months)

From

To

Interest rate

31 May 2023

31 August 2023

1 June 2023

1 August 2023

4.05%

3.77%

Group 
2022 
£’000

45,371

63

1,031

–

46,465

Interest to 
maturity

£40,832.88

£25,202.19

Equity Raise: On 7 July 2023, the Company raised total gross proceeds of approximately £20.5 million (gross) 
through the oversubscribed issue of 2,679,739 new Ordinary Shares via a Placing and REX Retail Offer. Post Balance 
Sheet, the Group repaid £19 million of its Revolving Credit Facility and will redraw as required as it deploys the cash 
required to progress its development pipeline.

121

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements17  Financial Instruments continued
The Group reviews the current and forecast projections of cash flow, borrowing and interest cover as part of its 
monthly management accounts review. In addition, an analysis of the impact of significant transactions is carried out 
regularly, as well as a sensitivity analysis of the impact of movements in interest rates on gearing and interest cover.

D  Interest rate sensitivity analysis

Over the longer term, significant changes in interest rates may have an impact on consolidated earnings.

At 31 July 2023, it is estimated that an increase of one percentage point in interest rates would have increased the 
Group’s annual interest charge by £0.54 million (2022: £0.67 million) and conversely a decrease of one percentage 
point in interest rates would have reduced the Group’s annual profit before tax by £0.54 million (2022: £0.67 million). 
There would have been no effect on amounts recognised directly in other comprehensive income. The sensitivity 
has been calculated by increasing by 1% the average variable interest rate of 4.77% and applying to the variable rate 
borrowings of £54.4 million in the year (2022: £68.8 million/1.71%). 

E  Cash management and liquidity

Ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board of Directors, which has built an appropriate 
liquidity risk management framework for the management of the Group’s short, medium and long-term funding and 
liquidity management requirements. 

The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves, banking facilities and reserve borrowing facilities 
by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and 
liabilities. Included in note B above is a description of additional undrawn facilities that the Group has at its disposal 
to further reduce liquidity risk.

Short-term money market deposits are used to manage liquidity whilst maximising the rate of return on cash 
resources, giving due consideration to risk.

F  Foreign currency management

The Group operates solely in the United Kingdom and as such all of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are 
denominated in Sterling and there is no exposure to exchange risk.

G  Credit risk

The credit risk management policies of the Group, with respect to trade receivables, are discussed in note 15.  
There has not been a significant change in credit quality.

The Group has a strong credit model with customers paying four-weekly in advance for their storage. The Group has 
no significant concentration of credit risk, with exposure spread across 17,500 customers (2022: 17,000) and with no 
individual self-storage customer accounting for more than 1% of total revenue and no entities under common control 
(e.g., Government) accounting for more than 5% of total revenues. 

The Group holds a right of lien over its self-storage customers’ goods if customer debts are not paid although this is 
used relatively infrequently within the context of overall customer numbers and only ever as a final stage in the debt 
recovery process.

The Group holds a right of lien over its self-storage customers’ goods if customer debts are not paid although this is 
used relatively infrequently within the context of overall customer numbers and only ever as a final stage in the debt 
recovery process.

The credit risk on liquid funds is limited because the counterparty is a bank with high credit ratings assigned by 
international credit-rating agencies, in line with the Group’s policy which is to borrow from major institutional banks 
when arranging finance.

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at 31 July 2023 was £1.38 million (2022: £2.26 million) on receivables 
and £42.1 million (2022: £46.5 million) on cash and cash equivalents.

122

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2023H  Maturity analysis of financial liabilities

The undiscounted contractual cash flow maturities are as follows:

2023 – Group

Over five years

From two to five years

From one to two years

Due after more than one year

Due within one year

Total contractual undiscounted cash flows

2022 – Group

Over five years

From two to five years

From one to two years

Due after more than one year

Due within one year

Total contractual undiscounted cash flows

Lease liabilities are separately disclosed in note 19.

I  Classification of financial instruments

Categories of financial assets and financial liabilities

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Trade and other receivable

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Bank loans

Trade and  
Other Payables  

£’000

Borrowings 
£’000

Interest on 
Borrowings 
£’000

–

–

–

–

4,224

4,224

–

54,399

–

54,399

–

54,399

–

1,632

3,366

4,998

3,366

8,364

Trade and  
Other Payables  

£’000

Borrowings 
£’000

Interest on 
Borrowings 
£’000

–

–

–

–

4,207

4,207

–

66,785

–

66,785

–

66,785

Group 
2023 
£’000

2,121

42,132

(4,224)

(17,148)

(54,046)

–

3,131

1,809

4,940

1,809

6,749

Group 
2022 
£’000

3,516

46,465

(4,207)

(10,894)

(66,196)

The fair values of the Group’s cash and short-term deposits and those of other financial assets equate to their 
carrying amounts. The amounts are presented net of provisions for doubtful receivables and allowances for 
impairment are made where appropriate. The fair value of financial liabilities equates to their carrying amounts.

J  Company’s financial instruments

The Company’s financial assets are amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings amounting to £50.0 million  
(2022: £28.8 million) which are classified as loans and receivables, refer note 15. These amounts are denominated  
in Sterling. The Company has no financial liabilities.

123

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements18  Borrowings

Bank borrowings

Non-current

Bank loans repayable in more than two years but not more than five years

Gross

Deferred financing costs

Net bank borrowings

Non-current borrowings

Group 
2023 
£’000

54,399

(353)

54,046

54,046

Group 
2022 
£’000

66,785

(589)

66,196

66,196

The Group currently has £54.4 million drawn against its facility which is secured with RBS and ABN AMRO jointly  
by legal charges and debentures over the freehold and leasehold properties and other tangible assets of the 
business with a net book value of £314.0 million (2022: £292.8 million) together with cross-company guarantees  
from Group companies.

The interest rate is set under the Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA) arrangements. The all-in debt cost on 
£54.4 million drawn averaged 4.77% (2022: 1.55%) in the period with the costs of debt rising to 6.19% on active 
revolving loans.

The Group is not obliged to make any repayments prior to the facility’s expiration in April 2026. The two principal 
bank covenants (LTV and Senior interest) and margin are unaffected by the execution of the accordion and this 
extension of term. Margin/pricing is also unaffected.

With current facility utilisation at £54.4 million and combined with cash balances of £42.1 million the £100 million 
facility provides around £87.7 million of available cash headroom.

19  Lease Liabilities
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 
date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the leases. Where this cannot be readily determined the Present Value of all 
future operating lease payments is calculated using 2.2% (2022: 2.2%) as an incremental borrowing rate as the Discount 
Rate, or 6.43% in respect of new leases entered into in the current year. 

After the application of a weighted depreciation charge based on the individual lease term of the separate leases and 
the imputation of an interest charge at 2.2% (2022: 2.2%), and on the two new leases executed in the current year at 
6.43%, as part of the amortisation of the lease liability the total lease liabilities are shown below. 

Lease liabilities attributable to right of use assets

Current lease liabilities

Amounts due within one year

Non-current lease liabilities

Amounts due in one to two years

Amounts due in three to five years

Amounts due in more than five years

Non-current lease liabilities

Total lease liabilities

124

Group 
2023 
£’000

Group 
2022 
£’000

826

1,612

1,039

1,786

11,005

13,830

14,656

1,174

2,774

5,334

9,282

10,894

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2023Lease liabilities attributable to right of use assets

Balance brought forward

Increase in new leases

Lease repayments

Lease interest (non-cash)

Total lease liabilities

Group 
2023 
£’000

10,894

5,032

(1,817)

547

14,656

Group 
2022 
£’000

11,166

1,235

(1,746)

239

10,894

The portfolio of property leases all have similar characteristics. Subject to periodic future rent reviews, typically  
every five years, there are no variable lease payments. The Group has no leases on any other types of assets. 

The total future commitments due under non-cancellable leases is set out in note 30 (Commitments under  
Property Leases).

20  Deferred Tax

Deferred tax liability

Liability at start of year

Total charge to income for the year

Tax charged directly to other comprehensive income

Charge/(credit) to share-based payment reserve

Liability at end of year

Group 
2023 
£’000

63,214

764

63,978

1,954

358

66,290

Group 
2022 
£’000

46,760

2,113

48,873

14,284

57

63,214

The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and the movements during 
the year:

Accelerated 
Capital 
Allowances 
£’000

Other 
Temporary 
Differences 
£’000

Revaluation 
of Properties 
£’000

Rolled over 
Gain on 
Disposal 
£’000

Share 
Options 
£’000

Total  
£’000

At 31 July 2021

Charge to income for the year

Charge to other comprehensive income

Credit to share-based payment reserve

At 31 July 2022

Charge to income for the year

Charge to other comprehensive income

Credit to share-based payment reserve

5,128

591

–

–

5,719

797

–

–

609

38,163

–

–

–

609

(33)

–

–

– 

9,978

–

48,141

– 

1,954

–

3,714

1,522

4,306

–

(854)

46,760

–

–

57

2,113

14,284

57

9,542

(797)

63,214

–

–

–

–

–

358

764

1,954

358

At 31 July 2023

6,516

576

50,095

9,542

(439)

66,290

The increase in the deferred tax liability arises substantially from a combination of an increase in the valuation of  
the Group’s stores and a provision for the gain arising on the Sale which will in due course be subject to a roll-over 
relief claim. 

The deferred tax provision is substantially a tax provision against the potential crystallisation (sales) of revalued 
properties and past ’rolled over’ gains and amounts to £66.3 million (2022: £63.2 million). The timing of any 
crystallisation of these liabilities is within the Board’s control.

125

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements21  Share Capital

Authorised:

35,000,000 Ordinary Shares of 1 pence each (2022: 35,000,000)

Allotted, issued and fully paid Ordinary Shares

Balance at start of year

Options exercised during the year 

Primary placing of fully paid Ordinary Shares

Balance at end of year

Number of shares at start of the year 

Options exercised during the year

Primary placing of fully paid Ordinary Shares

Number of shares at end of the year

2023
£’000

350

2023
£’000

301

1

27

329

2022
£’000

350

2022
£’000

298

3

–

301

Called up,
Allotted and
Fully Paid
Number

Called up,
Allotted and
Fully Paid
Number

30,003,545

29,686,787

84,174

2,679,739

316,758

–

32,767,458

30,003,545

The share capital of the Company consists only of fully paid Ordinary Shares with a nominal par value of 1 penny per 
share. There are no restrictions on the ability of shareholders to receive dividends. All Ordinary Shares are equally 
eligible to receive dividends and represent one vote at shareholders’ meetings. The Ordinary Shares carry no right  
to fixed income.

On 7 July 2023, the Company raised total gross proceeds of approximately £20.5 million (gross) through the 
oversubscribed issue of 2,679,739 new Ordinary Shares via a Placing and REX Retail Offer, at a price of 765 pence 
per Ordinary Share. The Fundraising Shares represented approximately 8.9% of the Company’s issued share capital. 
The transaction costs of the brokers associated with the equity raise were £732,561 and together with £156,459 
legal and other associated costs total £889,020 and are recognised in equity. 

22  Equity-Settled Share-Based Payment Plans
The Group operates three equity-settled share-based payment plans: one approved and two unapproved share 
option schemes.

The Company has granted the following share options:

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed/
Surrendered

As at
31 July 2023
No. of Options

2023
Summary

Unapproved Share Options  
(refer note 24(a))

Unapproved Share Options 
(PPP Scheme) – refer note 24(b))

Unapproved Share Options  
(2023 PPP Scheme) – refer note 24(c))

Approved CSOP Share Options  
(refer note 25)

Total

126

As at
31 July 2022
No. of Options

404,790

1,267,658

–

–

(69,559)

–

–

–

264,000

62,583

1,735,031

20,272

284,272

(14,615)

(84,174)

–

–

–

–

–

335,231

1,267,658

264,000

68,240

1,935,129

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 20232022
Summary

Unapproved Share Options  
(refer note 24(a))

Unapproved Share Options 
(PPP Scheme) – refer note 24(b))

Approved CSOP Share Options  
(refer note 25)

Total

As at
31 July 2021
No. of Options

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed/
Surrendered

As at
31 July 2022
No. of Options

683,950

1,163

(280,323)

990,000

277,658

–

86,476

1,760,426

12,542

291,363

(36,435)

(316,758)

– 

–

–

–

404,790

1,267,658

62,583

1,735,031

The following table shows options held by Directors under all schemes.

2023

Executive Directors

Total at  

31 July 2022

Options 
Granted

Options 
Exercised

Unapproved 
Scheme

Approved 
CSOP Share 
Options

Total at  

31 July 2023

A. Jacobs – Unapproved

–

A. Jacobs – PPP (2018)

200,000

A. Jacobs – PPP (2023)

A. Jacobs – total

R. Davies – Unapproved

R. Davies – CSOP

R. Davies – PPP (2018) 

R. Davies – PPP (2023)

R. Davies total

N. Newman – Unapproved

N. Newman – CSOP

N. Newman – PPP (2018)

N. Newman – PPP (2023)

N. Newman total

T. Lampard – Unapproved

T. Lampard – CSOP

T. Lampard – PPP (2018)

T. Lampard – PPP (2023)

T. Lampard total

–

200,000

181,977

2,941

198,236

–

383,154

135,599

8,182

299,422

–

443,203

11,840

8,984

250,000

–

270,824

–

–

40,000

40,000

–

–

40,000

40,000

–

–

–

60,000

60,000

–

–

60,000

60,000

–

–

–

–

(50,000)

–

–

–

(50,000)

(2,420)

(1,600)

– 

– 

(4,020)

–

–

–

–

–

–

200,000

40,000

240,000

131,977

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,941

198,236

40,000

370,213

133,179

299,422

60,000

492,601

11,840

–

250,000

60,000

321,840

–

–

2,941

–

6,582

–

–

6,582

–

8,984

–

–

8,984

18,507

All Directors total

1,297,181

200,000

(54,020)

1,424,654

–

200,000

40,000

240,000

131,977

2,941

198,236

40,000

373,154

133,179

6,582

299,422

60,000

499,183

11,840

8,984

250,000

60,000

330,824

1,443,161

127

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements22  Equity-Settled Share-Based Payment Plans continued

2022

Executive Directors

A. Jacobs – Unapproved

A. Jacobs – PPP (2018)

A. Jacobs – total

R. Davies – Unapproved

R. Davies – CSOP

R. Davies – PPP (2018)

R. Davies total

N. Newman – Unapproved

N. Newman – CSOP

N. Newman – PPP (2018)

N. Newman-Shepherd total

Total at  

31 July 2021

Options 
Granted

Options 
Exercised

Unapproved 
Scheme

Approved 
CSOP Share 
Options

Total at  

31 July 2022

206,087

160,000

366,087

246,977

7,742

160,000

414,719

135,599

8,618

240,000

384,217

–

(206,087)

40,000

40,000

–

(206,087)

–

200,000

200,000

–

(65,000) 

181,977

2,941

38,236

41,177

–

964

59,422

60,386

(7,742)

–

(72,742) 

–

(1,400)

–

(1,400) 

–

198,236

380,213

135,599

–

299,422

435,021

–

–

–

–

2,941

–

2,941

–

8,182

–

8,182

–

200,000

200,000

181,977

2,941

198,236

383,154

135,599

8,182

299,422

443,203

All Directors total

1,165,023

141,563

(280,229)

1,015,234

11,123

1,026,357

The grant of options to Executive Directors and senior management is recommended by the Remuneration Committee 
on the basis of their contribution to the Group’s success. The options vest after two and a half, three or five years, 
subject to the performance criteria attached to the options.

Under the CSOP Approved Share Option scheme (note 25) and the Unapproved Share Options scheme (note 24(a)), 
the exercise price of the options is equal to the closing mid-market price of the shares on the trading day previous to 
the date of the grant. Exercise of an option is subject to continued employment or in the case of unapproved options 
at the discretion of the Board. The life of each option granted is six and a half to seven years. There are no cash 
settlement alternatives.

The rules governing the PPP scheme are disclosed in note 24b.

Under the CSOP Approved Share Option scheme (note 25) and the Unapproved Share Options scheme (note 24a), the 
expected volatility is based on a historical review of share price movements over a period of time, prior to the date of 
grant, commensurate with the expected term of each award. The expected term is assumed to be six and a half years 
which is part way between vesting (two and a half to three years after grant) and lapse (ten years after grant). The risk-
free rate of return is the UK gilt rate at date of grant commensurate with the expected term (i.e., six and a half years).

Under the Partnership Performance Plan (note 24(b)), the expected volatility is based on a historical review of share 
price movements over a period of time, prior to the date of grant, commensurate with the expected term of each 
award. There were no options granted on 31 July 2023 in respect of the 2018 Scheme. 

The vesting date is based upon the assumption that the CAD and/or NAV targets are met at the same time as the 
share price target is met, and the lapse date is the fifteenth anniversary of the grant. The risk-free rate of return is the 
UK gilt rate at date of grant commensurate with the expected term (i.e. 10.34 years).

The total charge for the year relating to employer share-based payment schemes was £449,623 (2022: £201,385),  
all of which relates to equity-settled share-based payment transactions.

128

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 202323  Enterprise Management Initiative Scheme
The Company operated a share option scheme under the Enterprise Management Initiative (EMI).

The Group has for some years no longer met the EMI Scheme qualifying criteria. Accordingly, there were no options 
issued under this scheme during the year, and no options remained at the year-end. The scheme is now closed.

24a)  Unapproved Share Options
The Company issues unapproved share options, the vesting conditions of which have been met.

Movements in the year are shown below:

Outstanding at 1 August

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at 31 July

Exercisable at 31 July

Options  
2023 
Number

404,790

–

(69,559)

335,231

325,460

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price  
2023  

Pence

205.93

–

135.29

220.59

204.13

Options  
2022 
Number

683,950

1,163

(280,323)

404,790

386,074

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price  
2022  

Pence

188.16

1020.00

165.95

205.93

183.25

The options outstanding at 31 July 2023 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 1.8 years (2022: 2.5 
years). The exercise prices for shares exercisable at 31 July 2023 ranged from 56.50 pence per share to 570.0 pence 
per share.

The following sets out the movements in the year in respect of unapproved share options held by the Directors of the 
Company.

As at  
31 July 2022 Granted

Exercised

31 July 2023

As at  

Exercise  
Price  

Pence

Date 
from which 
Exercisable

Expiry 
 Date

A. Jacobs

R. Davies

N. Newman

T. Lampard

Total

–

181,977

135,599

11,840

329,416

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(50,000)

131,977

0.565 to 2.075

31/7/12 to 31/7/17

31/7/24

(2,420)

133,179

1.360 to 3.875 31/7/16 to 31/7/20

31/1/24 to 31/7/27

–

11,840

3.250 to 3.875

31/7/19 to 31/7/20

31/7/26 to 31/7/27

(52,420)

276,996

24b)  Unapproved Share Options – 2018 Partnership Performance Plan (PPP)
On 2 July 2018, the Group adopted the Company Partnership Performance Plan (PPP).

The Plan is a discretionary benefit offered by the Company for the benefit of selected key employees. Its main 
purpose is to increase the commitment and interest of colleagues in the Group’s long-term business goals and 
performance through share ownership.

Shares purchased or received under the Plan, any cash received under the Plan and any gains obtained under the 
Plan are not part of salary for any purpose except to any extent required by statute.

The Remuneration Committee of the Board of the Company shall have the right to decide, in its sole discretion, 
whether or not awards will be granted and to which colleagues those awards will be granted.

129

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements24b)  Unapproved Share Options – 2018 Partnership Performance Plan (PPP) continued
A summary of the structure and rules of the Plan are set out below:

Structure

•  Options are granted on Lok’nStore Group plc shares.

•  The exercise price is £6 per share, well above the market price at inception to allow the issuance of more options 

increasing member returns if ambitious targets are hit.

•  Options are to be issued to participants in five annual tranches from July 2018 to July 2023.

•  Participants will have ten years to exercise from vesting dates.

•  Performance criteria are geared to achievement of ambitious long-term plan.

•  Performance targets of share price, NAV and CAD thresholds for each award. NAV and CAD thresholds to be 

determined each year by the Remuneration Committee.

•  Alternative exercise methods can be considered by the Group:

 — Participants may exercise and hold or exercise and sell – paying tax arising

 — Group delivers net profit to participants in cash or shares

Main Rules and Conditions

•  Conditional on participants remaining in employment with the Group.

•  All options vest if there is a change of control.

• 

Includes Good/Bad Leaver clauses.

•  The Scheme is entirely at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee who act on behalf of the Board.

Movements in the year are shown below:

Outstanding at 1 August 2022

Granted during the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at 31 July 2023

Exercisable at 31 July 2023

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 
Pence 

Options 
Number

1,267,658

600.00

–

–

1,267,658

990,000

–

–

600.00

–

130

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2023The following unapproved share options have been granted to Directors of the Company during the year.

As at  

As at  

Exercise 
Price  

Date from 
which 
Exercisable

Expiry  
Date

Performance 
Conditions 
Met

31 July 2022

Granted

31 July 2023

A. Jacobs

A. Jacobs

A. Jacobs

A. Jacobs

A. Jacobs

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

A. Jacobs – total

200,000

R. Davies

R. Davies

R. Davies

R. Davies

R. Davies

R. Davies – total

N. Newman

N. Newman

N. Newman

N. Newman

N. Newman

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

38,236

198,236

60,000

60,000

 60,000

 60,000

59,422

N. Newman – total

 299,422

T. Lampard

T. Lampard

T. Lampard

T. Lampard

T. Lampard 

T. Lampard

T. Lampard – total

Total

40,000

40,000

10,000

40,000

60,000

60,000

250,000

947,658

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

200,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

38,236

198,236

60,000

60,000

 60,000

 60,000

59,422

299,422

40,000

40,000

10,000

40,000

60,000

60,000

250,000

947,658

* 

320,000 options were granted to senior key team members.

Pence

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

31/07/2023

31/07/2033

31/07/2024

31/07/2034

31/07/2025

31/07/2035

31/07/2026

31/07/2036

31/07/2027

31/07/2037

31/07/2023

31/07/2033

31/07/2024

31/07/2034

31/07/2025

31/07/2035

31/07/2026

31/07/2036

31/07/2027

31/07/2037

31/07/2023

31/07/2033

31/07/2024

31/07/2034

31/07/2025

31/07/2035

31/07/2026

31/07/2036

31/07/2027

31/07/2037

600.00

31/07/2023

31/07/2033

600.00

 31/07/2024

31/07/2034

600.00

600.00

600.00

600.00

31/07/2025

31/07/2035

31/07/2025

31/07/2035

31/07/2026

31/07/2036

31/07/2027

31/07/2037

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

131

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements24b)  Unapproved Share Options – 2018 Partnership Performance Plan (PPP) continued
The 2018 Partnership Performance Plan (PPP) was a five-year annual award plan which has now completed its 
annual award cycle for new awards. 

Set out below is the current position on which awards have had their performance conditions met in respect of each 
tranche of awards issued.

Based on  
Annual Reports

Performance Targets

1010 PPP Tranche  
& Issue Date

Issued

Exercise 
Price

CAD per 
Share

Nav per 
Share

Share 
Price

Earliest 
Period for 
Exercise

CAD 
per 
Share

Nav 
per 
Share

Performance 
Conditions 
Met

Share 
Price

Tranche 1 –  
Issued July 2018

Tranche 2 –  
Issued July 2019

Tranche 3 –  
Issued July 2020

Tranche 4 –  
Issued July 2021

Tranche 5 –  
Issued July 2022

Yes

£6.00

30 pence

£6.00

£6.00

31/07/2023

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

£6.00

35 pence

£7.00

£7.00

31/07/2024

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

£6.00

40 pence

£8.00

£8.00

31/07/2025

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

£6.00

45 pence

£9.00

£9.00

31/07/2026

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

£6.00

50 pence

£10.00 £10.00

31/07/2027

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

The 2023 Partnership Performance Plan (PPP) has now opened with its first annual awards granted on 31 July 
2023 (refer note 24(c) below).

24c)  Unapproved Share Options – 2023 Partnership Performance Plan (PPP)
On 31 July 2023, the Group adopted a new 2023 Company Partnership Performance Plan (PPP).

The 2023 Plan follows on from the successful 2018 Partnership Performance Plan which has now completed its five-year 
award cycle with the last allocation of options issued in July 2022. The new Plan is a similar structure to its predecessor 
but moves the NAV and share price targets from £10 under the previous plan to £15 over the five-year award cycle.

The new Plan is a discretionary benefit offered by the Company for the benefit of selected key team members. Its 
main purpose is to increase the commitment and interest of colleagues in the Group’s long-term business goals 
and performance through share ownership. Shares purchased or received under the Plan, any cash received under 
the Plan and any gains obtained under the Plan are not part of salary for any purpose except to any extent required 
by statute. The Remuneration Committee of the Board of the Company shall have the right to decide, in its sole 
discretion, whether or not awards will be granted and to which employees those awards will be granted.

132

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2023A summary of the structure and rules of the Plan are set out below:

Structure

•  Options are granted on Lok’nStore Group plc shares.

•  The exercise price is £10 per share, well above the market price at inception to allow the issuance of more 

options increasing member returns if ambitious targets are hit.

•  Options are to be issued to participants in five annual tranches from July 2023 to July 2028.

•  Participants will have ten years to exercise from vesting dates.

•  Performance criteria are challenging and are geared to achievement of an ambitious long-term plan.

•  Performance targets of share price, NAV and CAD thresholds for each award. NAV and CAD thresholds to be 

determined each year by the Remuneration Committee.

•  The targets for the July 2023 are as follows:

July 2023

£10.00

£11.00

55p

£11.00

Exercise Price

Share price target

CAD Target

Nav Target

•  Alternative exercise methods can be considered by the Group:

 — Participants may exercise and hold or exercise and sell – paying tax arising

 — Group delivers net profit to participants in cash or shares

Main Rules and Conditions

•  Conditional on participants remaining in employment with the Group.

•  All options vest if there is a change of control.

• 

Includes Good/Bad Leaver clauses.

•  The Scheme is entirely at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee who act on behalf of the Board.

Movements in the year are shown below:

Granted during the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at 31 July 2023

Exercisable at 31 July 2023

* 

64,000 options were granted to senior key team members.

Options  
Number

264,000*

–

264,000

–

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price
Pence

1000.00

–

1000.00

–

133

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements24c)  Unapproved Share Options – 2023 Partnership Performance Plan (PPP) continued
The following unapproved share options have been granted to Directors of the Company during the year.

As at  

As at  

31 July 2022

Granted

31 July 2023

Exercise 
Price  

(Pence)

Date from 
which 
Exercisable

Expiry  
Date

Performance 
Conditions 
Met

A. Jacobs

A. Jacobs – total

R. Davies

R. Davies – total

N. Newman-Shepherd

N. Newman – total

T. Lampard

T. Lampard – total

Total

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

60,000

60,000

60,000

60,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

60,000

60,000

60,000

60,000

200,000

200,000

1000.00

31/07/2028

31/07/2038

1000.00

31/07/2028

31/07/2038

1000.00

31/07/2028

31/07/2038

1000.00

31/07/2028

31/07/2038

No

No

No

No

25  CSOP Approved Share Options
On 2 June 2010, the Group adopted a Company Share Option Plan (CSOP). The CSOP achieved HMRC approval  
on 28 June 2010. There are no performance conditions attached to share options issued under this CSOP Plan.

Movements in the year are shown below:

Outstanding at 1 August

Granted during the year

Forfeited/surrendered during the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at 31 July

Exercisable at 31 July

Options  
2023  

Number

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price  
2023 
Pence

Options 
2022  
Number 

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price  
2022 
Pence

62,583

20,272

–

(14,615)

68,240

33,150

326.78

790.00

–

453.34

212.33

437.08

86,476

12,542

–

(36,435)

62,583

35,220

372.48

1020.00

–

312.97

326.78

382.85

The options outstanding at 31 July 2023 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 7.2 years (2022: 6.6 years).

The exercise prices for shares exercisable at 31 July 2023 ranged from 207.00 pence per share to 570.00 pence per 
share. The inputs into the Black-Scholes model used to value the options granted during the year are as follows:

Date of Grant

31 July 2022

31 July 2023

Expected 
Life  

(Years)

Share Price 
at Date 
of Grant 
(Pence)

Exercise 
Price  

(Pence)

Expected 
Volatility
(%)

Expected 
Dividend 
Yield  
(%)

6.60

7.20

1020.00

1020.00

790.00

790.00

35.10

36.19

1.54

2.28

Risk-Free 
Interest Rate  

(%)

1.71

4.29

Fair Value 
Charge 
per Award 
(Pence)

322.00

271.00

134

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2023As at  
31 July 
2022

2,941

R. Davies

N. Newman-Shepherd

8,182

T. Lampard

8,984

20,107

26a)  Other Reserves

Group

31 July 2021

Share-based remuneration (options)

IFRS 2 – transfer retained earnings

Tax charge relating to share options

The following CSOP approved share options have been granted to Directors of the Company. The expected price 
volatility is based on the historical volatility (based on the remaining life of the options), adjusted for any expected 
changes to future volatility due to publicly available information.

Granted

Exercised

As at  
31 July 
2023

Exercise  

Price (Pence)

Date from 
which 
Exercisable

Expiry  
Date

–

–

–

–

(–)

2,941

(1,600)

6,582

(–)

(1,600) 

8,984

18,507

1,020.0

207.0 to  
1,020.0

287.05 to  

570.0

31/7/25

31/7/32

31/7/17 to 
31/7/25

31/7/17 to 
31/7/23

31/7/24 to 
31/7/32

31/7/25 to 
31/7/30

Merger
Reserve
£’000

6,295

Other
Reserve
£’000

1,294

–

–

–

–

–

–

Capital
Redemption
Reserve
£’000

Share-based 
Payment 
Reserve
£’000

Total
£’000

9,138

201

(180)

(57)

1,515

201

(180)

(57)

1,479

9,102

450

(47)

(358)

1,524

450

(47)

(358)

9,147

34

–

–

–

34

–

–

–

34

31 July 2022

6,295

1,294

Share-based remuneration (options)

IFRS 2 – transfer retained earnings

Tax charge relating to share options

–

–

–

–

–

–

31 July 2023

6,295

1,294

The merger reserve represents the excess of the nominal value of the shares issued by Lok’nStore Group plc over 
the nominal value of the share capital and share premium of Lok’nStore Limited as at 31 July 2001.

The other distributable reserve and the capital redemption reserve arose in the year ended 31 July 2004 from the 
purchase of the Company’s own shares and a cancellation of share premium. The revaluation reserve is a non-cash 
non-distributable reserve that reflects the uplift between market (fair) value of the Group’s store assets and their 
historic book value.

Share-based payment reserve

There is the option to make transfers from the share-based payment reserve to retained earnings in respect of 
accumulated share option charges where the options have either been exercised or have lapsed post-vesting. 

The total amounts calculated and accordingly transferred to retained earnings amounted to £46,662  
(2022: £180,391).

135

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements26b)  Other Reserves

Company

31 July 2021

Share-based remuneration (options)

IFRS 2 – transfer to/from retained earnings

31 July 2022

Share-based remuneration (options)

IFRS 2 – transfer to/from retained earnings

31 July 2023

27a)  Retained Earnings

Group

31 July 2021

Profit attributable to owners of Parent for the financial year

Transfer from revaluation reserve

Additional depreciation on revaluation

Transfer from share-based payment reserve (note 26a)

Reserve transfer on disposal of assets

Dividend paid

31 July 2022

Profit attributable to owners of Parent for the financial year

Transfer from revaluation reserve

Additional depreciation on revaluation

Transfer from share-based payment reserve (note 26a)

Dividend paid

31 July 2023

Other
Reserve
£’000

1,114

–

–

1,114

–

–

Share-based
Payment
Reserve
£’000

890

201

(180)

911

450

(47)

1,114

1,314

 Retained Earnings
before Deduction
of Own Shares
£’000

26,772

12,078

821

180

20,258

(4,601)

55,508

4,692

1,095

47

(5,295)

56,047

Own Shares
(note 28)
£’000

(500)

–

–

–

–

–

(500)

–

–

–

–

(500)

Total
£’000

2,004

201

(180)

2,025

450

(47)

2,428

Retained 
Earnings
Total
£’000

26,272

12,078

821

180

20,258

(4,601)

55,008

4,692

1,095

47

(5,295)

55,547

The transfer from revaluation reserve represents the additional depreciation charged on revalued assets net of 
deferred tax.

The Own Shares Reserve represents the cost of shares in Lok’nStore Group plc purchased in the market and held 
in the Employee Benefit Trust to satisfy awards made under the Group’s share incentive plan and shares purchased 
separately by Lok’nStore Limited for Treasury Account.

136

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 202327b)  Retained Earnings

Company

31 July 2021

Profit attributable to owners of Company for the financial year

Transfer from share-based payment reserve (note 25b)

Dividend paid

31 July 2022

Profit attributable to owners of Company for the financial year

Transfer from share-based payment reserve (note 25b)

Dividend paid

31 July 2023

28  Own Shares

Retained Earnings
before Deduction of  

Own Shares
£’000

Own Shares
(note 28)
£’000

16,604

5,756

180

(4,601)

17,939

6,701

47

(5,295)

19,392

– 

–

–

–

– 

–

–

–

–

Retained
Earnings
Total
£’000

16,604

5,756

180

(4,601)

17,939

6,701

47

(5,295)

19,392

31 July 2022 and 31 July 2023

EBT
Shares
Number

623,212

EBT
Shares
£

499,910

Treasury
Shares
Number

–

Treasury
Shares
£

Own Shares
Total
£

–

499,910

The Group operates an Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) under a settlement dated 8 July 1999 between Lok’nStore 
Limited and Lok’nStore Trustee Limited, constituting an employees’ share scheme.

Funds are placed in the Trust by way of deduction from colleagues salaries on a monthly basis as they so instruct for 
purchase of shares in the Company. Shares are allocated to colleagues based on the prevailing market price when 
the salary deductions are made.

As at 31 July 2023, the Trust held 623,212 (2022: 623,212) Ordinary Shares of 1 pence each with a market value of 
£4,923,375 (2022: £6,356,762). No shares were transferred out of the scheme during the year (2022: nil).

No options have been granted under the EBT. The EBT waived its dividends in full. No other dividends were waived 
during the year.

137

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements29  Cash flows
a)  Reconciliation of profit before tax to cash generated from operations

Profit before tax

Depreciation and loss on disposal

Equity-settled share-based payments

Non-underlying items (note 4)

Interest receivable

Interest payable – bank borrowings

Interest payable – lease liabilities

Decrease in financial asset

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

Decrease in receivables

(Decrease)/increase in payables

Cash generated from operations

Year ended  
31 July 2023  

£’000

6,701

5,690

450

318

(665)

2,015

547

–

(2)

1,393

(632)

15,815

Year ended 
31 July 2022 
£’000

15,874

4,727

201

(5,739)

(42)

1,089

239

509

148

285

1,278

18,569

b)  Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net bank debt

Net bank debt is defined as non-current and current borrowings, as detailed in note 18, less cash and cash equivalents.

(Decrease)/increase in cash in the year

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows

Movement in net debt in year

Net bank debt brought forward

Net bank debt carried forward

Group  
2023
£’000

(4,333)

12,386

8,053

(20,320)

(12,267)

Group  
2022
£’000

37,360

(1,386)

35,974

(56,294)

(20,320)

30  Commitments Under Property Leases
At 31 July 2023 the total future minimum lease payments as a lessee under non-cancellable leases were as follows:

Land and Buildings

Amounts due:

Within one year

Between two and five years

After five years

Group
2023
£’000

1,415

4,354

14,687

20,456

Group 
2022
£’000

1,727

4,737

6,273

12,737

Property lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for certain of its properties. Typically, leases are 
negotiated for a term of 20 years and rentals are fixed for an average of five years.

The Group’s property leases on its leased stores are recognised as a right of use asset and as a corresponding 
liability at the year-end.

138

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 202331  Related Party Transactions and Directors Share Interests 
There were no reportable related party transactions during the year.

The Company provides share options for the employees of Lok’nStore Limited. The capital contributions arising from 
these share-based payments are separately disclosed under investments in note 13.

The aggregate remuneration of the Directors, and the other key management personnel of the Group, is set out 
below. Further information on the remuneration of individual Directors is found in note 8.

Short-term employee benefits – Directors

Short-term employee benefits – Other key management

Post-employment benefits – Directors

Post-employment benefits – Other key management

Share-based payments

Social security costs – Directors

Social security costs – Other key management

Total

Group  
2023
£’000

Group  
2022
£’000

827

175

13

6

450

158

43

922

259

11

8

201

370

49

1,672

1,820

The Group recognises a number of management personnel that are important to retain within the business in order 
for it to achieve its strategic plan. Accordingly, these are recognised as key personnel and are participants in the 
Long-Term Performance Plan. They are included in the table above.

Group Director shareholdings – dividends received

In respect of the total dividends paid during the year of £5.3 million (2022: £4.6 million), the Group Directors received 
the amounts set out in the table below:

Final 2022
12.25 pence  
per Share  

Interim 2023 
5.75 pence  
per Share  

£

£

Total  
2023
£

Total  
2022
£

Director’s Dividend Income

Executive:

A. Jacobs*

R. Davies

N. Newman-Shepherd

Non-Executive:

S.G. Thomas*

R.J. Holmes

C.P. Peal

J. Woyda

Holding
No.

3,953,600

81,807

30,739

675,459

10,021

3,766

1,546,190

189,408

279,606

590,865

2,419

35,477

72,381

296

317,052

4,704

1,767

88,906

16,652

33,975

139

992,511

14,725

5,533

278,314

52,129

106,356

435

864,036

11,570

4,817

265,010

45,381

94,118

379

*  Andrew Jacobs and Simon Thomas dividend income above includes their respective holdings in their individual pension funds.

6,485,226

986,808

463,195

1,450,003

1,285,311

139

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial Statements31  Related Party Transactions and Directors Share Interests continued
Managed Stores – Group Director shareholdings

The relationship between Lok’nStore Group plc and the Managed Stores which it manages have been reported in 
detail in last year’s financial statements and is not repeated here.

Although the Director holdings in Managed Stores falls outside of the definition of related party transactions they are 
disclosed here, as in previous years, for transparency and are set out in the table below:

Director

Andrew Jacobs

Charles Peal

Simon Thomas

Total shareholding

Issued Share Capital

% of Issued Share Capital

Wolverhampton
No. of Shares

Broadstairs
No. of Shares

Exeter
No. of Shares

36,800

38,160

–

–

36,800

189,341

19.4%

–

–

38,160

189,690

20.1%

240,000 

500,000 

160,000 

900,000 

3,970,000 

22.7%

•  These shareholdings relate to three Managed Stores, each in separate corporate vehicles, which have very 
specific EIS tax advantages. The Directors’ respective shareholdings in these companies have remained 
unchanged since their initial investment.

•  The Lok’nStore Directors have no other shareholdings in any other Managed Stores.

•  Changes in UK Tax legislation mean that these EIS tax advantages no longer exist, and these reliefs are no longer 

available for Managed Store opportunities that may be undertaken in the future.

•  Under UK Takeover Panel protocols in relation to the Rule 9 Waiver agreed each year with Lok’nStore Group 
plc, necessary to preserve the Group’s share buy-back authority, Andrew Jacobs cannot, by agreement with 
the Panel, purchase any more Lok’nStore shares. As such the three EIS investment vehicles represented an 
opportunity for Mr Jacobs to hold additional self-storage assets in tax efficient vehicles.

•  Lok’nStore Group operate 16 Managed Stores, currently trading, and have two further secured Managed Stores 
in the pipeline in Kettering and Bromborough (Wirral) making a total of 18 Managed Stores. The Managed Store 
strategy is a well-developed one which enables the Group to increase the operational footprint of Lok’nStore 
branded stores without the balance sheet risk of ownership.

•  At 31 July 2023, Lok’nStore has a total of 53 stores (42 currently trading and a pipeline of 11 secured stores).

•  The terms of the Management Services Agreements executed between Lok’nStore and with Wolverhampton, 

Broadstairs and Exeter were executed at arm’s length on normal commercial terms with independent Director(s) 
who were not directors of Lok’nStore and therefore unconnected. The commercial terms are all similar to, and 
consistent with, those agreed with other third-party Managed Store owners.

•  The Board of Lok’nStore Group plc have governance protocols in place to ensure that there are no conflicts 
of interest between the Group and the shareholders of the Wolverhampton, Broadstairs and Exeter stores. 
Specifically, Mr Jacobs could not hold a disproportionate holding in the EIS Managed Stores not commensurate 
with his shareholding in Lok’nStore Group plc.

140

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 202332  Capital Commitments
The Group has capital expenditure contracted but not provided for in the financial statements of £13.1 million  
(2022: £11.21 million) relating to commitments to complete the ongoing construction of our sites in Peterborough  
and final contract commitments on our completed sites at Warrington and Stevenage. 

We are also committed on the Staines Store project in respect of the land and main build contract and the Basildon 
Store in respect of the lease commitment which commenced on 26 June 2023 following practical completion of the 
delivery of the building to us.

33  Guarantees
The Company and its subsidiary Lok’nStore Limited are joint borrowers under the facility agreement disclosed in note 
18. Each entity provides a guarantee to the lenders in respect of the remaining amount due under the agreement.

34  Events after the Reporting Date
1)  Barking Planning Permission Grant

On 21 September 2023 we received notice of the grant of planning permission for our development in Barking, 
further on the same date planning agreements were agreed and sealed by the Local Authority. We may now proceed 
to develop the site for 85,000 sq. ft. of lettable self-storage space.

2)  Cheshunt Planning Permission Grant/Cheshunt Planning Agreement secured

On 20 October 2023, we received notice of the grant of planning permission for our self-storage development in 
Cheshunt. On the same date planning agreements were agreed and sealed by the Local Authority. We may now 
proceed to develop the site for self-storage alongside a discount food supermarket.

3)  Luton Residential Planning Permission

On Tuesday 22 August 2023, Luton Borough Council Planning Committee resolved to delegate that the Head of 
Planning may grant planning permission, subject to satisfactory Planning Agreements, for 136 residential apartments 
at our existing Luton Store site. 

4)  Temporary Debt reduction 

On 11 August 2023, the Group paid down £19.02 million out of its recent equity placing proceeds reducing the 
balance on its RCF, pending redrawing over time for its future deployment on the Group’s pipeline stores.

5)  Appointment of a new Non-Executive Director 

The Board is pleased to announce the appointment of Bridget Barker who joined the Board on 14 September 2023.

Bridget joins us with a wealth of experience and is an experienced lawyer having gained over 35 years’ experience 
at Macfarlanes, a leading and well-established City of London law firm, where she specialised in investment funds, 
financial services and regulatory legal work with a focus on private equity and real estate funds. Latterly she was 
head of the Investment Management Group at Macfarlanes. Since leaving Macfarlanes, Bridget has pursued various 
non-executive roles and consulting appointments at organisations such as Praesidium, Mirabaud 1819 Advisory 
Group and Mainspring Fund Services.

Bridget will be appointed to the Company’s audit and remuneration committees in the coming year providing a 
second independent non-executive director on each Committee.

141

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsGlossary

Abbreviation

APM

AGM

Bps

Alternative performance measure

Annual General Meeting

Basis Points

BREEAM

Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method

Cash available for Distribution

Capital Expenditure

Cash-generating units

Carbon Dioxide Equivalents

Company Share Option Plan

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Employee Benefit Trust

Enterprise Investment Scheme

Environmental key performance indicators

Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme

Employee Share Option Plan

European Union

Electric Vehicle

Greenhouse gas

His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs

International Accounting Standard

International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee

Insurance Premium Tax

International Financial Reporting Standards

International Standards on Auditing

Jones Lang LaSalle

Key Performance Indicator

CAD

Capex

CGU

CO2 e

CSOP

DRIP

EBT

EIS

(eKPIs)

EMI

ESOP

EU

EV

GHG

HMRC

IAS

IFRIC

IPT

IFRS

ISA

JLL

KPI

142

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Landmark Store

A large modern, purpose built, and visually prominent store positioned in a retail-facing location 
within its marketplace

LFL

LTPPP

LTV

Move-ins

MWh

NAV

NBV

Like for like

Long Term Partnership Performance Plan

Loan to Value ratio

When a prospective customer has completed the sales process and moves their goods into a 
storage unit

Megawatt Hour

Net Asset Value

Net Book Value

Operating Profit

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)

PPP

PV

QCA

RCF

RICS

Partnership Performance Plan

Photovoltaic

Quoted Companies Alliance

Bank Revolving Credit Facility

Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors

RIDDOR

Reporting of Injuries, Disease and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 2013

RNS

ROU

Sale

SIP

SME

SONIA

sq. ft.

tCO2e

TVR

VAT

Regulatory News Service

Right of Use Asset

In the previous financial year, FY22, the sale and manage-back of previously owned stores 
(Basingstoke, Cardiff, Horsham and Portsmouth stores)

Share Incentive Plan

Small and medium sized enterprises

Sterling Overnight Index Average

Square feet

Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent

Total voting rights

Value added tax

143

Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental  and SocialGovernanceFinancial StatementsOur Store Locations

Aldershot, Hampshire

Eastbourne, East Sussex

Altrincham, Cheshire 

Eastbourne, East Sussex

Ashford, Kent

Barking, London

Basildon, Essex 

Exeter, Devon

Fareham, Hampshire

Northampton Central, 
Northamptonshire

Northampton Riverside, 
Northamptonshire

Oldbury, West Midlands

Farnborough, Hampshire

Peterborough, Northamptonshire

Basingstoke, Hampshire

Gillingham, Kent

Bedford, Bedfordshire

Gloucester, Gloucestershire

Bolton, Lancashire

Harlow, Essex

Bournemouth, Dorset 

Hedge End, Southampton

Bristol, Gloucestershire

Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire

Broadstairs, Kent

Horsham, West Sussex

Bromborough, Cheshire

Ipswich, Suffolk

 Cardiff, Glamorgan

Kettering, Northamptonshire

Cheshunt, Hertfordshire 

Leicester, East Midlands

Chichester, West Sussex

Luton, Bedfordshire

Crawley, West Sussex

Maidenhead, Berkshire

Poole, Dorset

Portsmouth, Hampshire

Reading, Berkshire

Salford, Lancashire

Southampton, Hampshire

Staines, Surrey

Stevenage, Hertfordshire

Sunbury, Middlesex

Swindon, Wiltshire

Tonbridge, Kent

Warrington, Cheshire

Crayford, Kent

Dover, Kent

Milton Keynes, Buckinghamshire

Wellingborough, Northamptonshire

Milton Keynes, Buckinghamshire

Wolverhampton, Staffordshire

Open Stores

Pipeline Stores

New Stores in Period

144

Lok’nStore Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023CBP021703

Printed by a Carbon Neutral Operation (certified: CarbonQuota) under the 
PAS2060 standard. 

Printed on material from well-managed, FSC™ certified forests and other 
controlled sources. This publication was printed by an FSC™ certified printer  
that holds an ISO 14001 certification. 

100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk which complies with RoHS 
legislation and meets the chemical requirements of the Nordic Ecolabel  
(Nordic Swan) for printing companies, 95% of press chemicals are recycled  
for further use and, on average 99% of any waste associated with this  
production will be recycled and the remaining 1% used to generate energy. 

The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international 
conservation charity, who offset carbon emissions through the purchase and 
preservation of high conservation value land. Through protecting standing forests, 
under threat of clearance, carbon is locked-in, that would otherwise be released. 

L

o

k

’

n

S

t

o

r

e

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

3

Head Office
Lok’nStore Group plc
112 Hawley Lane 
Farnborough  
Hampshire  
GU14 8JE

T. 01252 521010
www.loknstore.co.uk 
www.loknstore.com